Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - EXHIBIT 23.1 - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex23-1.htm
EX-32 - EXHIBIT 32 - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex32.htm
EX-31.B - EXHIBIT 31.B - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex31b.htm
EX-31.A - EXHIBIT 31.A - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex31a.htm
EX-23.2 - EXHIBIT 23.2 - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex23-2.htm
EX-21 - EXHIBIT 21 - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex21.htm
EX-10.30 - EXHIBIT 10.30 - Howard Bancorp Incv461197_ex10-30.htm

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

Commission file number: 001-35489

 

HOWARD BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   20-3735949

State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

6011 University Blvd. Suite 370, Ellicott City, MD   21043
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(410) 750-0020

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act      Yes ¨     No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes ¨     No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a small reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ¨      Accelerated filer x       Non-accelerated filer ¨      Smaller reporting company x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).             Yes ¨     No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2016, was approximately $78.1 million. At March 15, 2017, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Corporation was 9,763,318.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I Item 1. Business 2
  Item 1A. Risk Factors 15
  Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 24
  Item 2. Properties 25
  Item 3. Legal Proceedings 26
  Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 26
PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 27
  Item 6. Selected Financial Data 28
  Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 29
  Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 50
  Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 50
    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 50
    Consolidated Financial Statements 52
    Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 56
  Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 97
  Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 97
  Item 9B. Other Information 97
PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 98
  Item 11. Executive Compensation 98
  Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 98
  Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 98
  Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 98
PART IV Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 98
  Item 16 Form 10-K Summary 100

 

 

 

 

As used in this report, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “ours” refer to Howard Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. References to the “Bank” refer to Howard Bank.

 

This report contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should” and words of similar meaning. You can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.

 

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

·statements of our goals, intentions and expectations, particularly with respect to our business plan and strategies, including the expected opening of our new Columbia, Maryland branch, opening of additional branches, expansion into new markets, potential acquisitions, increasing capital, market share and asset growth, revenue and profit growth and expanding client relationships;
·impact of recent branch closures and the opening of our anticipated new branch on expenses;
·possible entry into new markets;
·statements regarding the asset quality of our investment portfolios and anticipated recovery and collection of unrealized losses on securities available for sale;
·expected continued focus on commercial customers as well as continuing to originate residential real estate loans and both maintaining our residential mortgage loan portfolio and continuing to sell loans into the secondary market;
·statements with respect to our allowance for credit losses, and the adequacy thereof;
·statement with respect to having adequate liquidity levels and future sources of liquidity;
·our belief that we will retain a large portion of maturing certificates of deposit;
·the impact on us of recent changes to accounting standards;
·future cash requirements relating to commitments to extend credit;
·repayment on a particular troubled debt restructured loan; and
·the impact of interest rate changes on our net interest income.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this report.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

·deterioration in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, or a return to recessionary conditions;
·competition among depository and other financial institutions;
·inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
·adverse changes in the securities markets;
·changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;
·our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities, and to otherwise implement our growth strategy;
·our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;
·changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
·changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
·changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans
·loss of key personnel; and
·other risk discussed in this report.

 

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

 

 

 

 

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc.

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc., the parent company of Howard Bank, was incorporated in April 2005 under the laws of the State of Maryland to serve as the bank holding company of Howard Bank.

 

Howard Bank

 

Howard Bank is a trust company chartered under Subtitle 2 of Title 3 of the Financial Institutions Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland. The Bank was formed in March 2004 and commenced banking operations on August 9, 2004. Howard Bank has chosen, for the time being, not to seek and exercise trust powers, and our business, powers and regulatory structure are the same as a Maryland-chartered commercial bank. The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and our deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank has four operating subsidiaries, three of which hold foreclosed real estate and the other of which owns and manages real estate that we use for one of our branch locations and that also contains office and retail space.

 

Howard Bank is headquartered in Ellicott City, which is located in Howard County, Maryland. The Bank has branches in Howard County as well as in Anne Arundel County, Baltimore County, Baltimore City, Cecil County and Harford County in Maryland. We engage in a general commercial banking business, making various types of loans and accepting deposits. We have traditionally marketed our financial services to small and medium sized businesses and their owners, professionals and executives, and high-net-worth individuals (the “mass affluent”), and have recently expanded to meet the financial needs of consumers generally.

 

Our core business strategy involves driving organic growth by delivering advice and superior customer service to clients through local decision makers. We combine the Bank’s specialized focus on both local markets and small and medium-sized business related market segments with a broad array of products, new technology and seasoned banking professionals to position the Bank differently from most competitors. Our experienced executives establish a relationship with each client and bring value to all phases of a client’s business and personal banking needs. To develop this strategy, we have established long-standing relationships with key customers in the community and with local business leaders who can create business opportunities. It is this philosophy toward the business that has afforded the Company great success in attracting and retaining top-tier, high quality lending teams from other institutions.

 

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, with fees generated by lending, mortgage banking and depository service charges constituting a smaller, but growing, percentage of revenues. We have positioned the balance sheet to hold a high percentage of earning assets and, in turn, to have those earning assets dominated by loans rather than investment securities. Generally speaking, our loans earn more attractive returns than investments and are a key source of product cross sales and customer referrals. Our superior underwriting and lending teams have allowed us to be successful in gaining market share, while continuing to maintain solid asset quality ratios, an approach which is fundamental to our culture. In our efforts to drive revenue growth, we continue to invest in our infrastructure and talent with the long-term view of building the dominant Greater Baltimore bank. At all times, our revenue-generating activities and expenditures are viewed with an eye towards investor returns while not exceeding risk tolerance thresholds set forth by management and our board of directors.

 

Our leadership team is deep and experienced both as it relates to tenure with the Company as well as industry experience. Chairman and CEO, Mary Ann Scully, founded the Company and has over 35 years of banking experience, mainly in senior executive roles with larger financial institutions. In addition, the Company employs a strong stable of next level senior leadership, which it believes is critical for successful implementation of our strategic initiatives. It is this leadership experience that has driven the Company’s growth since its founding. In addition to organic growth, the Company has completed and integrated one whole bank acquisition, one FDIC-assisted transaction and two branch acquisition transactions. We consider this to be a critical component of furthering future growth and will continue to cultivate and pursue strategic initiatives provided they generate meaningful long-term stockholder returns.

 

Our strategic plan focuses on enhancing stockholder value through market share growth as reflected in balance sheet growth, related revenue growth and resulting growth in operating profits. We continue to expand our branch locations both through opening new branches and acquiring branch offices via acquisition. In 2015 we added four branches when we acquired Patapsco Bancorp, Inc., the parent Company of the Patapsco Bank, three in Baltimore County and one in Baltimore City. We plan to open additional branches in the counties where we now operate and contiguous counties over the next several years, however, other than a planned new location in Columbia, Maryland, and the relocation of a branch in Baltimore City, Maryland during 2017, we currently have no definitive plans or agreements in place with respect to any other additional branches. Our long-term vision includes supplementing our historically organic growth with strategically significant acquisitions. We believe that acquiring other financial institutions - in whole or in part (through business line spin-offs, branch sales or the hiring of teams of individuals) will allow us to expand our market, achieve certain operating efficiencies, and grow our stockholder base and thus our share value and liquidity. We believe that our demonstrated expertise in commercial lending and deposit gathering (especially non-interest bearing transactional deposits), our demonstrated ability to attract additional investment and capital, and community leadership positions us as an attractive acquirer. We also anticipate that increasing our capital levels will give us the ability to continue our organic asset growth and expand our relationships with key clients through a larger legal lending limit.

 

 2 

 

 

Recent Developments

 

On May 6, 2016, we redeemed all of the 12,562 shares of the Series AA Preferred Stock that we had previously issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) under its Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program. The aggregate redemption price of the Series AA Preferred Stock was approximately $12.7 million, including dividends accrued but unpaid through the redemption date. The redemption of the Series AA Preferred Stock was funded with variable rate debt with Raymond James Bank, N.A. This debt matured one year from commencement, with interest only payments based upon 30 day LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

 

On February 1, 2017, we issued 2,760,000 shares of our common stock in a fully underwritten offering pursuant to an underwriting agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representative of the underwriters named therein. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, after underwriting discounts of $0.90 per share and estimated expenses, were approximately $38.4 million. We used a portion of the proceeds of the offering to pay off the loan to Raymond James Bank, N.A. We intend to use the balance of the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including contributing to the capital of Howard Bank to support its lending and investing activities and to support or fund acquisitions of other institutions or branches as and if opportunities for such transactions become available.

 

Our Market Area

 

Our headquarters are located in Ellicott City, Maryland, and we consider our primary market area to be the Greater Baltimore Metropolitan Area in Maryland. We also have loans in our loan portfolio that are outside our market area, although to grow our loan portfolio we do not actively solicit business outside our primary market.

 

We have 13 full services branches, located throughout Maryland:

 

HOWARD COUNTY    
Snowden River Maple Lawn Centennial Place
6011 University Blvd. 10985 Johns Hopkins Rd. 10161 Baltimore National Pk.
Suite 150 Laurel, MD 20723 Ellicott City, MD 21042
Ellicott City, MD 21043    
     
ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY    
Defense Highway    
116 Defense Hwy.    
Annapolis, MD 21401    
     
BALIMORE COUNTY    
Towson Dundalk Parkville
22 W Pennsylvania Ave. 1301 Merritt Blvd. 2028 E. Joppa Rd.
Towson, MD 21204 Baltimore, MD 21222 Baltimore, MD 21234
     
BALTIMORE CITY    
Hampden    
821 W. 36th St.    
Baltimore, MD 21211    
     
HARFORD COUNTY    
Aberdeen Havre de Grace Dublin
3 West Bel Air Ave. 800 Revolution St. 3535 Conowingo Rd.
Aberdeen, MD 21001 Havre de Grace, MD 21078 Street, MD 21154
     
CECIL COUNTY    
Rising Sun Elkton  
6 Pearl St. 305 Augustine Herman Hwy.  
Rising Sun, MD 21911 Elkton, MD 21921  

 

 3 

 

 

Competitive Position

 

We believe that our position as a community bank with over $1 billion in assets positions us well to navigate the ongoing market consolidation and heightened regulatory environment. We continue to have the ability to outsource certain activities (internal audit, compliance review, information security monitoring) and to source new products and services in a highly efficient manner and thus avoid the risk of impairment of operating earnings faced by some banks that, we believe, are locked into legacy systems and are finding the onslaught of new regulations challenging. Strategic partnerships for these outsourced activities include contractual relationships with some of the largest and strongest providers of item processing, data processing, information monitoring and payment systems alternatives. We believe that this provides the Bank with the best of technology and product selection without sacrificing the more intimate delivery advantages of a community bank. We further believe the current economic and regulatory environment will continue to result in greater consolidation among financial institutions, including community banks. Some of that consolidation will occur with larger banks, thus exacerbating the scarcity of banks able to underwrite traditionally and offer advice in interactions with customers as we do, which we believe gives us a wider window of opportunity to extend our brand and value proposition. We believe, however, that to the extent some of that consolidation occurs between and among smaller banks, the resulting combined institutions will be better positioned to differentiate themselves.

 

We believe that our “Hands On” approach to delivering small and medium-sized businesses a very broad and deep array of competitive credit and cash management services through a team of experienced advisors and providing them with access to local policy and decision makers fills a “white space” between the sophisticated but distracted large banks whose best personnel work with the largest companies and the small banks who are very responsive but less capable of being proactive in providing advice. Our relationship managers, team leaders and executive management generally have decades of banking experiences and are well established in the communities that they serve. They are able to interface with clients directly to share that experience and to provide connections with their own network of other specialized advisors. We believe we also benefit from our committed leadership at both the executive management and board level who bring a broad array of skills and experiences to our company and are able to position the Bank for consistent profitable growth.

 

Lending Activities

 

General

Our primary market focus is on making loans to and gathering deposits from small and medium size businesses and their owners, professionals and executives, and high-net-worth individuals in our primary market area. Our loans are made to customers primarily in the Greater Baltimore market. Our lending activities consist generally of short to medium term commercial lending, commercial mortgage lending for both owner occupied and investor properties, residential mortgage lending and consumer lending, both secured and unsecured. A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans to businesses secured by real estate and/or other business assets.

 

Credit Policies and Administration

We have adopted a comprehensive lending policy that includes stringent underwriting standards for all types of loans. Our lending teams follow pricing guidelines established periodically by our management team. In an effort to manage risk, only small lending authority is given to individual loan officers. Most loan officers can approve loans of up to $100,000.  The Chief Lending Officer, the Chief Credit Officer and a select number of senior managers can approve loans up to $750,000, or any two together can approve loans up to $1,500,000.  Our Chief Executive Officer can approve loans of up to $2,000,000.  Loans above these amounts must be reviewed and approved by an officers’ loan committee. Under the leadership of our executive management team, we believe that we employ experienced lending officers, secure appropriate collateral and carefully monitor the financial conditions of our borrowers and the concentration of loans in our portfolio.

 

In addition to the normal repayment risks, all loans in the portfolio are subject to the state of the economy and the related effects on the borrower and/or the real estate market. Generally, longer-term loans have periodic interest rate adjustments and/or call provisions. Senior management monitors the loan portfolio closely to ensure that we minimize past due loans and that we swiftly deal with potential problem loans.

 

Howard Bank also retains an outside, independent firm to review the loan portfolio. This firm performs a detailed annual review. We use the results of the firm’s report primarily to validate the risk ratings applied to loans in the portfolio and identify any systemic weaknesses in underwriting, documentation or management of the portfolio. Results of the annual review are presented to executive management, the Asset Quality Committee of the board and the full board of directors and are available to and used by regulatory examiners when they review the Bank’s asset quality. We currently use the firm of CliftonLarsenAllen to perform this review.

 

The Bank maintains the normal checks and balances on the loan portfolio not only through the underwriting process but through the utilization of an internal credit administration group that both assists in the underwriting and serves as an additional reviewer of underwriting. The separately-managed loan administration group also has oversight for documentation, compliance and timeliness of collection activities. Our outsourced internal audit firm also reviews documentation, compliance and file management.

 

 4 

 

 

Commercial Lending

Our commercial lending consists of lines of credit, revolving credit facilities, accounts receivable and inventory financing, term loans, equipment loans, small business administration (“SBA”) loans, stand-by letters of credit and unsecured loans. We originate commercial loans for any business purpose, including the financing of leasehold improvements and equipment, the carrying of accounts receivable, general working capital, contract administration and acquisition activities. These loans typically have maturities of seven years or less. We have a diverse client base and we do not have a concentration of these types of loans in any specific industry segment. We generally secure commercial business loans with accounts receivable and inventory, equipment, indemnity deeds of trust and other collateral such as marketable securities, cash value of life insurance, and time deposits at Howard Bank. Commercial business loans have a higher degree of risk than residential mortgage loans because the availability of funds for repayment generally depends on the success of the business. To help manage this risk, we establish parameters/ covenants at the inception of the loan to provide early warning systems before payment default. We normally seek to obtain appropriate collateral and personal guarantees from the borrower’s principal owners. We are able, given our business model, to proactively monitor the financial condition of the business.

 

Commercial Mortgage Lending

We finance commercial real estate for our clients, for both owner-occupied properties and investor properties (including residential properties). We generally will finance owner occupied commercial real estate at a maximum loan–to-value of 85% and non-owner occupied at a maximum loan-to-value of 80%. Our underwriting policies and processes focus on the underlying credit of the owner for owner occupied real estate and on the rental income stream (including rent terms and strength of tenants) for non-owner occupied real estate as well as an assessment of the underlying real estate. Risks inherent in managing a commercial real estate portfolio relate to vacancy rates/absorption rates for surrounding properties, sudden or gradual drops in property values as well as changes in the economic climate. We attempt to mitigate these risks by carefully underwriting loans of this type as well as by following appropriate loan-to-value standards. We are cash flow lenders and never rely solely on property valuations in reaching a lending decision. Personal guarantees are often required for commercial real estate loans as they are for other commercial loans. Most of our real estate loans carry fixed interest rates and amortize over 20 – 25 years but have five- to seven-year maturities. Properties securing our commercial real estate loans primarily include office buildings, office condominiums, distribution facilities and manufacturing plants. Substantially all of our commercial real estate loans are secured by properties located in our market area.

 

Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate loans, however, entail significant additional risks as compared with residential mortgage lending, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties.

 

Construction Lending

Construction lending can cover funding for land acquisition, land development and/or construction of residential or commercial structures. Our construction loans generally bear a variable rate of interest and have terms of one to two years. Funds are advanced on a percentage-of-completion basis. These loans are generally repaid at the end of the development or construction phase, although loans for both residential and commercial construction will often convert into a permanent mortgage loan at the end of the term of the loan. Loan to value parameters range from 65% of the value of land to 75% for developed land, 80% for commercial or multifamily construction and 85% for residential construction. These loan-to-value ratios represent the upper limit of advance rates to remain in compliance with Bank policy. Typically, loan-to-value ratios should be somewhat lower than these upper limits, requiring the borrower to provide significant equity at the inception of the loan. Our underwriting looks not only at the value of the property but the expected cash flows to be generated by sale of the parcels or completed construction. The borrower must have solid experience in this type of construction and personal guarantees are usually required.

 

Construction lending entails significant risks compared with residential mortgage lending. These risks involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers with funds advanced upon the security of the land or the project under construction. The value of the project is estimated prior to the completion of construction. Thus, it is more difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project and related loan to value ratios. If the estimate of construction or development cost proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project proves to be inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment. To mitigate these risks, in addition to the underwriting considerations noted above, we maintain an in-house construction monitoring unit that has oversight for the projects and we require both site visits and frequent reporting before funds are advanced.

 

 5 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Lending

We offer a variety of consumer-oriented residential real estate loans. Residential mortgage loans consist primarily of first mortgage loans to individuals, most of which have a loan to value not exceeding 85%. The remainder of this portion of our portfolio consists of home equity lines of credit and fixed rate home equity loans.

 

Our residential mortgage loans are generally for owner-occupied single family homes. These loans are generally for a primary residence although we will occasionally originate loans for a second home where the borrower has extremely strong credit. We originate adjustable rate residential mortgage loans with initial fixed-rate terms of five to seven years, as well as fixed rate residential mortgage loans with primarily 15 or 30 year terms.

 

Our home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are primarily secured by a second mortgage on owner occupied one-to four-family residences. Our home equity loans are originated at fixed interest rates and with terms of between five and 30 years for primary residences and between five and 15 years for secondary and rental properties, and are fully amortizing. Our home equity lines allow for the borrower to draw against the line for ten years, after which the line is refinanced into a ten-year fixed loan, with the possibility of a one-time extension of five years. Home equity lines of credit carry a variable rate of interest and minimum monthly payments during the draw period, which are the greater of (i) $50.00 or (ii) depending on credit score, loan-to-value and debt-to-income ratios, either the interest due or interest due plus 1% of the outstanding loan balance. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 85% (80% when appraised value is greater than $1 million) for a primary residence when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan; for home equity loans on secondary and rental properties, the maximum loan-to-value ratio is 65%. We require appraisals on all real estate loans – both commercial and residential. At the time we close a home equity loan or line of credit, we record a mortgage to perfect our security interest in the underlying collateral.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit generally have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In these cases, we face the risk that collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. In particular, because home equity loans are secured by second mortgages, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of the property serving as collateral for these loans. Thus, the recovery of such property could be insufficient to repay us for the value of these loans.

 

Loans secured by second mortgages have greater risk than owner-occupied residential loans secured by first mortgages. When customers default on their loans we attempt to foreclose on the property. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the amount of the unpaid loan, and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from these customers. In addition, decreases in property values could adversely affect the value of properties used as collateral for the loans. These second lien loans represent a smaller portion of our portfolio than our first lien residential mortgage loans.

 

Our home equity and home improvement loan portfolio gives us a diverse client base. Although most of these loans are in our primary market area, the diversity of the individual loans in the portfolio reduces our potential risk.

 

Consumer Lending

We offer various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans. Generally, our consumer loans are made for personal, family or household purposes as a convenience to our customer base. As a general guideline, a consumer’s total debt service should not exceed 40% of their gross income. The underwriting standards for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of his or her ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.

 

Consumer loans may present greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans because many consumer loans are unsecured or are secured by rapidly depreciating assets. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. Consumer loan collections also depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability. If a borrower suffers personal financial difficulties, the loan may not be repaid. Also, various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount we can recover on such loans.

 

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing

All loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures, which incorporate standard underwriting guidelines. We originate both fixed and variable rate loans. Our loan origination activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand. We generally retain in our portfolio the majority of loans that we originate, except for first lien residential mortgage loans where we sell the majority of the loans into the secondary market. We do not retain the servicing rights on sold loans.

 

 6 

 

 

We occasionally sell participations in commercial loans to correspondent banks if the amount of the loan exceeds our internal limits. More rarely, we purchase loan participations from correspondent banks in the local market as well. Those loans are underwritten in-house with the same care of loans directly originated.

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, the viability of the loan, and the adequacy of the value of the collateral that will secure the loan, if applicable. To assess a business borrower’s ability to repay, we review and analyze, among other factors, current income, credit history including the Bank’s prior experience with the borrower, cash flow, any secondary sources of repayment, other debt obligations in regards to the equity/net worth of the borrower and collateral available to the Bank to secure the loan.

 

We require appraisals of all real property securing one- to four-family residential and commercial real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. All appraisers are state-licensed or state-certified appraisers, and our practice is to have local appraisers approved by the board of directors annually.

 

Mortgage Banking

 

Our residential mortgage loans consist of residential first and second mortgage loans, residential construction loans and home equity lines of credit and term loans secured by the residences of borrowers. Second mortgage and home equity lines of credit are used for home improvements, education and other personal expenditures. We make mortgage loans with a variety of terms, including fixed, floating and variable interest rates, with maturities ranging from three months to 30 years.

 

Residential mortgage loans generally are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to repay the loan from his or her salary and other income and are secured by residential real estate, the value of which is generally readily ascertainable. These loans are made consistent with our appraisal and real estate lending policies, which detail maximum loan-to-value ratios and maturities. Residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit secured by owner-occupied property generally are made within the guidelines of our investors.

 

Howard Bank generates revenue by providing an extensive line of consumer real estate products and services to customers nationwide. Howard Bank offers products available to customers through a retail network of mortgage loan officers and bankers as well as a sales force offering our customers direct telephone access to our products.

 

The Bank originates residential mortgage loans primarily as a correspondent lender. Activity in the residential mortgage loan market is highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and product availability. While the Bank does have delegated underwriting authority from most of its investors, at times it also employs the services of the investor to underwrite the loans. Because the loans are originated within investor guidelines and designated automated underwriting and product specific requirements as part of the loan application, the loans sold have a limited recourse provision. Most contracts with investors contain recourse periods. In general, the Bank may be required to repurchase a previously sold mortgage loan or indemnify the investor if there is non-compliance with defined loan origination or documentation standards, including fraud, negligence or material misstatement in the loan documents. In addition, the Bank may have an obligation to repurchase a loan if the mortgagor has defaulted early in the loan term. The potential default repurchase period varies by investor but can be up to approximately 12 months after sale of the loan to the investor. Mortgages subject to recourse are collateralized by single-family residential properties, follow investor guidelines, and will carry private mortgage insurance, where applicable.

 

The Bank enters into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e. rate lock commitments). Such rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered to be derivatives. To protect against the price risk inherent in residential mortgage loan commitments, the Bank utilizes “best efforts” in delivering to investors. Under a “best efforts” contract, the Bank commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor and the investor commits to a price that it will purchase the loan from the Bank if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. The Bank protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the investor commits to purchase a loan at a price representing a premium on the day the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer/investor has assumed the interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Bank is not generally exposed to losses on loans sold utilizing best efforts. Nor will it realize gains related to rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The market values of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss should occur on the rate lock commitments.

 

 7 

 

 

Investments and Funding

 

We balance our liquidity needs based on loan and deposit growth via the investment portfolio and both short and long term borrowings. It is our goal to provide adequate liquidity to support our loan growth. We use the generally short term investments that represent our liquidity to generate additional positive earnings. Howard Bank’s primary source of funds is, and will continue to be, core deposits generated from the local marketplace. Additional funding is provided by customer repurchase agreements, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) advances, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “FRB”) discount window, and other purchased funds. Other purchased funds may include certificates of deposit over $100,000, federal funds purchased, and institutional or brokered deposits. Lines of credit are maintained to protect liquidity levels resulting from unexpected deposit withdrawals and natural-market credit demand.

 

Our investment policy is reviewed annually by our board of directors. The board of directors has appointed its Executive Committee to serve as the Investment Committee, and the Executive Committee therefore meets at regular intervals (not less than quarterly) and provides a report on the investment portfolio performance to the full board of directors. The investment officer is designated by the President and is responsible for managing the day-to-day activities of the liquidity and investments in accordance with the policies approved by the board of directors. We actively monitor our investment portfolio and we classify the majority of the portfolio as “available for sale.” In general, under such a classification, we may sell investment instruments as management deems appropriate.

 

Other Banking Products

 

We offer our customers wire transfer services, ATM and check cards, automated teller machines at all of our branch locations, safe deposit boxes at most branches and credit cards through a third party processor. Additionally, we provide Internet banking capabilities to our customers and merchant card services for our business customers. With our Internet banking service, our customers may view their accounts on line and electronically remit bill payments including an option for same day payment. Our commercial account services include an overnight sweep service and remote deposit capture service.

 

We complement our existing Internet banking services with Mobiliti Mobile Banking, PopMoney and eStatement products.  These state of the art products provide the Bank's consumer customers the ability to view account information and pay bills from their mobile device, easily make payments directly to individuals and, with eStatements, to replace their paper monthly statement with an electronically delivered statement.

 

Deposit Activities

 

Deposits are the major source of our funding. We offer a broad array of consumer and business deposit products that include demand, money market, savings and individual retirement accounts, as well as certificates of deposit. We offer through key technology partnerships a competitive array of commercial cash management products, which in combination with our in-house courier service and remote deposit/ check imaging service, allow us to attract demand deposits. We believe that we pay competitive rates on our interest bearing deposits. As a relationship-oriented organization, we generally seek to obtain deposit relationships with our loan clients.

 

We also use customer repurchase agreements, FHLB advances, the FRB Discount Window and other purchased funds as a funding mechanism. Other purchased funds may include certificates of deposits over $100,000, federal funds purchased and institutional or brokered deposits.

 

Employees

 

Howard Bank has 293 full-time and seven part-time employees as of December 31, 2016. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we believe that relations with our employees are good. Howard Bancorp has no employees.

 

Lending Limit

 

The Bank’s legal lending limit for loans to one borrower was approximately $14.2 million as of December 31, 2016. We further monitor our exposure to one borrower through a policy to limit our “in-house” lending limit to $10.0 million, which in-house limit can be exceeded on a limited basis. As part of our risk management strategy, we may attempt to participate a portion of larger loans to other financial institutions. This strategy allows us to maintain customer relationships yet observe the legal lending limit and manage credit exposure. However, this strategy may not always be available.

 

 8 

 

 

Competition

 

Our primary market area is highly competitive and heavily branched by other financial institutions of all sizes. We also compete with Internet-based banks. Competition for loans to small and medium sized businesses and their owners, professionals and executives, and high-net-worth individuals is intense, and pricing is important. We believe that acquisitions of several local competitors by larger institutions headquartered outside of the State of Maryland during the last several years have enhanced the Bank’s position as a locally headquartered and managed community bank, but many of these competitors now have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we do and offer services, such as extensive and established branch networks and trust services, that we do not expect to provide in the near future or ever. Moreover, larger institutions operating in our primary market area may have access to borrowed funds at a lower rate than is available to us. Deposit competition is also strong among institutions in our primary market area.

 

However, recent mergers of other area banks into large regional and national financial institutions have created opportunities for community-focused and prudently managed community banks. While our board of directors is aware of the competition that these larger institutions and alternative providers of financial services offer, we believe that local independent banks play and will continue to play a significant role in our primary market area. Our board of directors believes it is a significant and distinct advantage to be a locally owned and operated state bank interested in serving the needs of small and medium sized businesses and their owners, professionals and executives, and high-net-worth individuals.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc.

 

We are a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We are subject to regulation and examination by the FRB and the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation, and are required to file periodic reports and any additional information that the FRB and the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation may require. In addition, the FRB and the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation have enforcement authority over Howard Bancorp, Inc., which includes the power to remove officers and directors and the authority to issue cease and desist orders to prevent Howard Bancorp from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or violating laws or regulations governing its business. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

 

Under FRB regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice, a violation of FRB regulations or both. The FRB may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the FRB’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.

 

The BHC Act requires regulatory filings by a stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of a bank, as defined in the BHC Act. The determination whether an investor “controls” bank is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a bank or other company if the party (i) owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank or other company; (ii) can elect or appoint a majority of the board of directors, or similar body, of the bank or other company; or (iii) exercises a "controlling influence" over the bank or other company. Subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting stock and (i) the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) no other person owns, controls or has the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting securities. Ownership by affiliated parties, or parties acting in concert, is typically aggregated for these purposes. If a party’s ownership of Howard Bancorp were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” Howard Bancorp for regulatory purposes. This could subject the investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.

 

Pursuant to provisions of the BHC Act and regulations promulgated by the FRB thereunder, Howard Bancorp, Inc. may only engage in or own companies that engage in activities deemed by the FRB to be so closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, and the holding company must obtain permission from the FRB prior to engaging in most new business activities. In addition, bank holding companies like Howard Bancorp must be well capitalized and well managed in order to engage in the expanded financial activities permissible only for a financial holding company.

 

 9 

 

 

The FRB has adopted guidelines regarding the capital adequacy of bank holding companies, which require bank holding companies to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk weighted assets. See “—Capital Requirements.” The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Under the prompt corrective action rules, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Howard Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

The status of Howard Bancorp, Inc. as a registered bank holding company under the BHC Act and a Maryland-chartered bank holding company does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

 

Howard Bank

 

Howard Bank is a Maryland chartered trust company (with all powers of a commercial bank), and its deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum legal limits. It is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of Howard Bank’s business, including required reserves against deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowing, dividends and location and number of branch offices. The laws and regulations governing Howard Bank generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), and not for the purpose of protecting Howard Bancorp, Inc. or its stockholders.

 

Set forth below is a brief description of the material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Howard Bank and Howard Bancorp, Inc. The description below is limited to the material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Howard Bank and Howard Bancorp, Inc.

 

Financial Institutions Article of the Maryland Annotated Code

 

The Financial Institutions Article of the Maryland Annotated Code (the “Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the organization, operations, corporate powers, commercial and investment authority, branching rights and responsibilities of directors, officers and employees of Maryland banking institutions. The Banking Code delegates extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion to the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation in its supervision and regulation of state-chartered banking institutions. The Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation may order any banking institution to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice.

 

Capital Requirements

 

The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted risk based capital adequacy guidelines by which they assess the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising banks and bank holding companies and in analyzing bank regulatory applications. Risk based capital requirements determine the adequacy of capital based on the risk inherent in various classes of assets and off balance sheet items. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act the agencies have established five capital tiers for depository institutions: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could cause regulators to initiate certain discretionary, and under certain circumstances, mandatory, actions by regulators that could have a direct material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition.

 

The capital adequacy guidelines include a minimum leverage ratio (tier 1 capital to average total assets) for banks and bank holding companies of not less than 4%. In addition to the minimum leverage capital requirements, banks must maintain certain ratios of capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets, or “risk-based capital ratios.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by dividing common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital, respectively, by risk-weighted assets.

 

There are two main categories of capital under the capital adequacy guidelines. Tier 1 capital generally consists of the sum of common stockholders’ equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the case of the latter to limitations on the kind and amount of such stock) and, in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations, minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less goodwill and other non-qualifying intangible assets, and certain other deductions. Tier 2 capital consists of perpetual preferred stock that is not otherwise eligible to be included as Tier 1 capital, hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock and, subject to limitations, general allowances for credit losses. Tier 2 capital is limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital. Accumulated other comprehensive income (positive or negative) must be reflected in regulatory capital.

 

 10 

 

 

In addition to the minimum leverage requirements, banks and bank holding companies are expected to maintain minimum ratios of capital to risk-weighted assets, or “risk-based capital ratios.” Under the capital rules, risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital, respectively, by risk-weighted assets. In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule implementing the capital standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and the minimum capital requirements and certain other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The rule, which became effective on January 1, 2015, applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $1 billion or more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies. Among other things, the rule established a new minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio requirement of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio requirement of 6.0%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio requirement of 8.0% and a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4.0%. The capital requirements also include changes in the risk-weights of certain assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk exposures. Additionally, subject to a transition schedule, the rule limits a banking organization’s ability to make capital distributions, engage in share repurchases and pay certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital unless Howard Bank elects to opt-out from this treatment. Howard Bank has elected to permanently opt out of this treatment in our capital calculations, as permitted by the final rule.

 

Prompt Corrective Action

Under federal prompt corrective action regulations, the bank regulatory agencies are authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take various “prompt corrective actions” to resolve the problems of any bank subject to their jurisdiction that is not adequately capitalized. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, a bank is considered “well capitalized” if it: (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater; (iv) a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. As of December 31, 2016, Howard Bank remained “well capitalized” for this purpose and its capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

 

Howard Bank has been ‘‘well capitalized’’ since it commenced its business operations.

 

The bank regulatory agencies may impose higher capital requirements on certain banks, and future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards as a routine matter. The regulators may also set higher capital requirements for holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. For example, holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

 

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

 

Dividends

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from Howard Bank. Virtually all of Howard Bancorp’s revenue available for the payment of dividends on its common stock results from dividends paid to Howard Bancorp by Howard Bank. Under Maryland law, Howard Bank may declare a cash dividend, after providing for due or accrued expenses, losses, interest and taxes, from its undivided profits or, with the prior approval of the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation, from its surplus in excess of 100% of its required capital stock. Also, if Howard Bank’s surplus is less than 100% of its required capital stock, then, until its surplus is 100% of its capital stock, Howard Bank must transfer to its surplus annually at least 10% of its net earnings and may not declare or pay any cash dividends that exceed 90% of its net earnings. In addition to these specific restrictions, the bank regulatory agencies have the ability to prohibit or limit proposed dividends if such regulatory agencies determine the payment of such dividends would result in Howard Bank being in an unsafe and unsound condition.

 

 11 

 

 

Deposit Insurance Assessments

 

Howard Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 1.5 to 30 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The FDIC may increase or decrease the range of assessments uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base assessment rate without notice and comment rulemaking. The FDIC’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s aggregate deposits. The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

 

Maryland Regulatory Assessment

 

The Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation annually assesses state banking institutions to cover the expense of regulating banking institutions. The Bank’s asset size determines the amount of the assessment.

 

Liquidity

 

Howard Bank is subject to the reserve requirements imposed by the State of Maryland. A Maryland banking institution is required to have at all times a reserve equal to at least 15% of its demand deposits. Howard Bank is also subject to the uniform reserve requirements of the FRB’s Regulation D, which applies to all depository institutions with transaction accounts or non-personal time deposits. During 2016, amounts in transaction accounts above $15.2 million and up to $110.2 million were required to have reserves held against them in the ratio of 3% of such amounts. Amounts above $110.2 million required reserves of $2,850,000 plus 10% of the amount in excess of $110.2 million. The FRB changes its reserve requirements on an annual basis and Howard Bank is subject to new requirements for 2017. Howard Bank was in compliance with its reserve requirements at December 31, 2016 and is in compliance with its current reserve requirements.

 

Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitation

 

With certain limited exceptions, a Maryland banking institution may lend to a single or related group of borrowers an amount equal to 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain securities and bullion, but generally does not include real estate. Howard Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

 

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the FDIC is required to assess the record of all financial institutions regulated by it to determine if such institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community (including low and moderate income neighborhoods) which they serve. CRA performance evaluations are based on a four-tiered rating system: Outstanding, Satisfactory, Needs to Improve and Substantial Noncompliance. CRA performance evaluations are considered in evaluating applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions and applications to open branches. Howard Bank has a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.” In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Department of Justice, and in private civil actions by borrowers.

 

Transactions with Related Parties

 

Transactions between banks and their related parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank.

 

Generally, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation W limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus. The term ‘‘covered transaction’’ includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the bank to an affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with regulatory requirements and the bank’s transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices and may not involve the purchase by the bank of any low-quality asset. Section 23B applies to covered transactions as well as certain other transactions and requires that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to non-affiliates.

 

 12 

 

 

Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O govern extensions of credit made by a bank to its directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (‘‘insiders’’). Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Further, such extensions may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Howard Bank’s capital. Extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must also be approved by the board of directors.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness

 

Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a “cease and desist” order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

 

Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC

 

Under federal law, financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; testing of the program by an independent audit function; and enhanced due diligence of certain customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations, and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control, (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC sends bank regulatory agencies lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If Howard Bancorp or Howard Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, Howard Bancorp or Howard Bank must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

 

Consumer Protection Laws

 

Howard Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and various state law counterparts. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. The FDIC will examine Howard Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and will enforce CFPB rules with respect to Howard Bank.

 

In addition, federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions. Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, a financial institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Further, under the ‘‘Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Standards,’’ banks must implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

 

 13 

 

 

The Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes, including the designation of certain financial companies as systemically significant, the imposition of increased capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector.

 

The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

·Source of strength. The Dodd-Frank Act requires all companies, including bank holding companies, that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under this requirement, Howard Bancorp in the future could be required to provide financial assistance to Howard Bank should Howard Bank experience financial distress.
·Mortgage loan origination and risk retention. The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional regulatory requirements that may affect our operations and result in increased compliance costs. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks, in an effort to require steps to verify a borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans the lender sells or mortgage and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation.
·CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new independent CFPB within the FRB. The CFPB is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. For banking organizations with assets under $10 billion, like Howard Bank, the CFPB has exclusive rule making authority, but the FDIC, as Howard Bank’s primary federal regulator, would continue to have enforcement authority under federal consumer financial law. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB. Compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations.
·Deposit insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the deposit insurance limit to $250,000 for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF will be calculated. Several of these provisions could increase the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by Howard Bank.
·Enhanced lending limits. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. Federal banking law limits a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

 

Some of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act have been implemented, while others will be implemented over time and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.

 

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

 

Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The FRB’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the FRB affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through the FRB’s control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

 

 14 

 

 

Federal and State Securities Laws

 

Our common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

Further, if we wish to sell common stock or other securities to raise capital in the future, we will be subject to the registration, anti-fraud, and other applicable provisions of state and federal securities laws. For example, we will have to register the sales of such securities under the Securities Act, the Maryland Securities Act, and the applicable securities laws of each state in which we offer or sell the securities, unless an applicable exemption from registration exists with respect to such sales. Such exemptions may, among other things, limit the number and types of persons we could sell such securities to and the manner in which we could market the securities. We would also be subject to federal and state anti-fraud requirements with respect to any statements we make to potential purchasers in connection with the offer and sale of such securities.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. We have prepared policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with the Sarbanes Oxley Act and related regulations.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

You should consider carefully the following risks, along with the other information contained in and incorporated into this annual report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that may affect us. Additional risks and uncertainties also may adversely affect our business and operations. If any of the following events actually occur, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected.

 

Because our loan portfolio consists largely of commercial business and commercial real estate loans, our portfolio carries a higher degree of risk than would a portfolio composed primarily of residential mortgage loans.

 

Our loan portfolio is made up largely of commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans, most of which is collateralized by real estate. These types of loans generally expose a lender to a higher degree of credit risk of non-payment and loss than do residential mortgage loans because of several factors, including dependence on the successful operation of a business or a project for repayment, the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as residential real estate, and loan terms with a balloon payment rather than full amortization over the loan term. In addition, commercial real estate and commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Underwriting and portfolio management activities cannot completely eliminate all risks related to these loans. Any significant failure to pay on time by our customers or a significant default by our customers would materially and adversely affect us.

 

We make both secured and some unsecured commercial and industrial loans. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of risk of loss than do secured loans because, without collateral, repayment is wholly dependent upon the success of the borrowers’ businesses. Secured commercial and industrial loans are generally collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and include a personal guaranty of the business owner. Compared to real estate, that type of collateral is more difficult to monitor, its value is harder to ascertain, it may depreciate more rapidly and it may not be as readily saleable if repossessed. Further, commercial and industrial loans generally will be serviced primarily from the operation of the business, which may not be successful, and commercial real estate loans generally will be serviced from income on the properties securing the loans.

 

While any declines in the value of our real estate collateral securing loans have been reflected in existing reserves, the discounts and reserves we have taken against our loan portfolio based on our internal review of economic conditions and their impact on real estate values in our market areas may be insufficient. Further deterioration in the real estate market or a prolonged economic recovery could adversely affect the value of the properties securing the loans or revenues from borrowers’ businesses, thereby increasing the risk of non-performing loans and increased portfolio losses that could materially and adversely affect us.

 

The small businesses that make up the majority of our commercial borrowers generally do not have the cash reserves to help cushion them from an economic slowdown to the same extent that large borrowers do and thus may be more heavily impacted by an economic downturn. A continued sluggish economy or another economic slowdown may have a negative effect on the ability of our commercial borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which could have an adverse impact on our earnings.

 

 15 

 

 

Construction loans are subject to risks during the construction phase that are not present in standard residential real estate and commercial real estate loans. These risks include:

 

·the viability of the contractor;
·the value of the project being subject to successful completion;
·the contractor’s ability to complete the project, to meet deadlines and time schedules and to stay within cost estimates; and
·concentrations of such loans with a single contractor and its affiliates.

 

Real estate construction and land loans also present risks of default in the event of declines in property values or volatility in the real estate market during the construction phase. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, we may not be able to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan, may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate amount of time. If any of these risks were to occur, it could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The federal banking agencies have issued guidance regarding high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within bank loan portfolios. The guidance requires financial institutions that exceed certain levels of commercial real estate lending compared with their total capital to maintain heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. If there is any deterioration in our commercial real estate or real estate construction and land portfolios or if our regulators conclude that we have not implemented appropriate risk management practices, it could adversely affect our business and result in a requirement of increased capital levels, and such capital may not be available at that time.

 

We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology that could damage our reputation and our business.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. System failure or security breaches in our Internet banking activities or other communication and information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, cause us to incur expenses to rectify, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We rely on standard Internet and other security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our systems from damage or compromises or breaches of our security measures. We continue to monitor developments in this area and consider whether additional protective measures are necessary or appropriate, and we have obtained insurance protection intended to cover losses due to network security breaches; there is no guarantee, however, that such insurance would cover all costs associated with any breach, damage or failure of our computer systems and network infrastructure.

 

We rely on certain external vendors. Our business is dependent on the use of outside service providers that support our day-to-day operations including data processing and electronic communications.

 

Our business is dependent on the use of outside service providers that support our day-to-day operations including data processing and electronic communications. Our operations are exposed to the risk that a service provider may not perform in accordance with established performance standards required in our agreements for any number of reasons including equipment or network failure, a change in their senior management, their financial condition, their product line or mix and how they support existing customers, or a simple change in their strategic focus. While we have comprehensive policies and procedures in place to mitigate risk at all phases of service provider management from selection to performance monitoring and renewals, the failure of a service provider to perform in accordance with contractual agreements could be disruptive to our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations.

 

Because our loan portfolio includes residential real estate loans, our earnings are sensitive to the credit risks associated with these types of loans.

 

We originate and retain in our portfolio residential mortgage loans and intend to increase our origination of these types of loans. While residential real estate loans are more diversified than loans to commercial borrowers, and our local real estate market and economy have performed better than many other markets, a downturn could cause higher unemployment, more delinquencies, and could adversely affect the value of properties securing loans in our portfolio. In addition, should values begin to decline again, the real estate market may take longer to recover or not recover to previous levels. These risks increase the probability of an adverse impact on our financial results as fewer borrowers would be eligible to borrow and property values could be below necessary levels required for adequate coverage on the requested loan.

 

 16 

 

 

Our residential lending department may not continue to provide us with significant noninterest income.

 

The residential mortgage business is highly competitive and highly susceptible to changes in market interest rates, consumer confidence levels, employment statistics, the capacity and willingness of secondary market purchasers to acquire and hold or securitize loans, and other factors beyond our control. Additionally, in many respects, the mortgage origination business is relationship based, and dependent on the services of individual mortgage loan officers. The loss of services of one or more loan officers could have the effect of reducing the level of our mortgage production or the rate of growth of production. As a result of these factors we cannot be certain that we will not be able to continue to increase the volume or percentage of revenue or net income produced by the residential mortgage business.

 

Our financial condition, earnings and asset quality could be adversely affected if we are required to repurchase loans originated for sale by our residential lending department.

 

The Bank originates residential mortgage loans for sale to secondary market investors, subject to contractually specified and limited recourse provisions. Because the loans are intended to be originated within investor guidelines, using designated automated underwriting and product specific requirements as part of the loan application, the loans sold have a limited recourse provision. In general, the Bank may be required to repurchase a previously sold mortgage loan or indemnify the investor if there is non-compliance with defined loan origination or documentation standards, including fraud, negligence, material misstatement in the loan documents or noncompliance with applicable law. In addition, the Bank may have an obligation to repurchase a loan if the mortgagor has defaulted early in the loan term. The potential mortgagor early default repurchase period is up to approximately 12 months after sale of the loan to the investor. The recourse period for fraud, material misstatement, breach of representations and warranties, noncompliance with law, or similar matters could be as long as the term of the loan. Mortgages subject to recourse are collateralized by single-family residential properties, have loan-to-value ratios of 80% or less, or have private mortgage insurance. Our experience to date has been minimal in the case of loan repurchases due to default, fraud, breach of representations, material misstatement, or legal noncompliance. Should repurchases become a material issue, our earnings and asset quality could be adversely impacted, which could adversely impact the market price of our common stock.

 

If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings would decrease.

 

We maintain an allowance for credit losses that we believe is adequate for absorbing any potential losses in our loan portfolio. Management, through a periodic review and consideration of our loan portfolio, determines the amount of the allowance for credit losses. We cannot, however, predict with certainty the amount of probable losses in our portfolio or be sure that our allowance will be adequate in the future. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for credit losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, our losses will increase and our earnings will suffer.

 

In particular, it is more difficult to estimate loan losses for those types of loans - commercial and commercial real estate - that constitute the majority of our portfolio as compared to, for example, residential mortgage loans. Also, because these types of loans tend to have large loan balances, a loss on a single loan could have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

 

In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover future incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance and a corresponding decrease to earnings. Material additions to the allowance could materially decrease our net income. If delinquencies and defaults continue to increase, we may be required to further increase our provision for loan losses.

 

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or further loan charge-offs to the allowance for credit losses. Any increase in the allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our growth strategy may not be successful, may be dilutive and may have other adverse consequences.

 

As previously mentioned, a key component of our growth strategy is to pursue acquisitions of other financial institutions or branches of other financial institutions. As consolidation of the banking industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase. We compete with other banking companies for acquisition opportunities, and there are a limited number of candidates that meet our acquisition criteria. Consequently, we may not be able to identify suitable candidates for acquisitions. If we are unable to locate suitable acquisition candidates willing to sell on terms acceptable to us, our net income could decline and we would be required to find other methods to grow our business. We may also open additional branches organically and expand into new markets or offer new products and services. These activities would involve a number of risks, including:

 

 17 

 

 

·the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners;
·using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or its branches or assets;
·diluting our existing stockholders in an acquisition;
·the time and expense associated with evaluating new markets for expansion, hiring experienced local management and opening new offices or branches as there may be a substantial time lag between these activities before we generate sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion;
·operating in markets in which we have had no or only limited experience;
·taking a significant amount of time negotiating a transaction or working on expansion plans, resulting in management’s time and attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;
·we may not be able to correctly identify profitable or growing markets for new branches;
·the time and expense associated with integrating the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;
·the ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition;
·creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;
·losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received;
·time and costs associated with regulatory approvals;
·lack of information on a target institution or its branches or assets;
·inability to obtain additional financing (including by issuing additional common equity), if necessary, on favorable terms or at all; and
·unforeseen adjustments, write-downs, write-offs or restructuring or other impairment charges.

 

In addition, we may not be able to integrate successfully or operate profitably any financial institutions we may acquire. We may experience disruption and incur unexpected expenses in integrating acquisitions. Any acquisitions we do make may not enhance our cash flows, business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly during periods in which the acquisitions are being integrated into our operations.

 

Also, the costs to lease and start up new branch facilities or to acquire existing financial institutions or branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our noninterest expense. It also may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage the anticipated growth from the new branches. We can provide no assurance that any new branch sites will successfully attract a sufficient level of deposits and other banking business to offset their operating expenses.

 

Further, we plan to continue to make investments in our infrastructure in the future. We also currently plan to open additional branches in the areas where we now operate and in other markets over the next few years. We anticipate that this will have the short-term effect of, at least temporarily, increasing our expenses at a faster rate than revenue growth, which will have an adverse effect on net income.

 

If we grow too quickly and are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, growth could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, we may not be successful in our growth strategy, which would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

 

Technology and other changes are allowing consumers to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, which may increase as consumers become more comfortable with these new technologies and offerings, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with, among others, commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, mutual funds, and insurance companies operating locally and elsewhere. There are also a number of smaller community-based banks that pursue similar operating strategies as Howard Bank. In addition, some of our competitors have recently offered loans with lower fixed rates and loans on more attractive terms than we have been willing to offer. Our continued profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by our competition may limit our ability to increase our interest earning assets. See “Item 1. Business—Competition” for more information about competition in our market area.

 

 18 

 

 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to compete in our market without a retail footprint by offering competitive rates, as well as non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for certain products and services than we can, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our ability to successfully compete in our market area. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

We continually encounter technological change.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology driven by new or modified products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We must comply with extensive and complex governmental regulation, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our growth strategy, and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

 

The banking industry is subject to extensive regulation by state and federal banking authorities. Many of these regulations are intended to protect depositors, the public or the FDIC insurance funds, not stockholders. Regulatory requirements affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and many other aspects of our business. These requirements may constrain our operations, and changes in regulations could adversely affect us. The burden imposed by these federal and state regulations may place banks in general, and Howard Bank specifically, at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors. In addition, the cost of compliance with regulatory requirements could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably or increase profitability. See “Supervision and Regulation” for more information about applicable banking laws and regulations. Further, if we are not in compliance with such requirements, we could be subject to fines or other regulatory action that could restrict our ability to operate or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Although we believe we are material compliance with all applicable regulations, it is possible there are violations of which we are unaware that could be discovered by our regulators in the course of an examination or otherwise, which could trigger such fines or other adverse consequences

 

Further, regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for credit losses. If regulators require Howard Bank to charge-off loans or increase its allowance for credit losses, our earnings would suffer. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulation, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. For a further discussion, see “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

In addition, because regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative debate, we cannot forecast how federal or state regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact our operations. Changes in regulation and oversight, including in the form of changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the service and products we offer, increase our operating expenses, increase compliance challenges and otherwise adversely impact our financial performance and condition. In addition, the burden imposed by these federal and state regulations may place banks in general, and Howard Bank specifically, at a competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors.

 

The Company and the Bank implemented an enhanced organizational structure to ensure that the risk management activities of the Company are scaled to the entire enterprise.The office of strategic risk management, reporting to an executive vice president with direct reporting to the CEO and a dotted line reporting to the full board, is responsible for credit, compliance and operational, physical and IT security, legal, reputational and other on and off balance sheet risks.

 

 19 

 

 

Further, as a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses in connection with compliance with rules of the SEC and the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

 

Non-Compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

Financial institutions are required under the USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money-laundering and terrorist activities. Financial institutions are also obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network if such activities are detected. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure or the inability to comply with these regulations could result in fines or penalties, curtailment of expansion opportunities, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or expensive additional controls and systems. During the last few years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. In addition, the U.S. Government has previously imposed laws and regulations relating to residential and consumer lending activities that create significant new compliance burdens and financial risks. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

A worsening of economic conditions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We continue to operate in a challenging and uncertain economic environment. Economic growth continues to be slow and uneven. A return to recessionary conditions or prolonged stagnant or deteriorating economic conditions could significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the demand for our products and services, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Further continuing economic uncertainty, including regarding concerns about U.S. debt levels, potential tariffs on imports into the United States and cuts in government spending, may negatively impact economic conditions going forward. In addition, an increase in unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in our nonperforming and criticized classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, the FRB, in an attempt to help the overall economy, has among other things kept interest rates low through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of U.S. Treasury and mortgage-backed securities. If the FRB continues to increase the federal funds rate in the near term, as is expected, overall interest rates will likely rise, which may negatively impact the housing markets and the U.S. economic growth. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a negative impact on our borrowers, especially our commercial borrowers, and the values of collateral securing our loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

Our profitability depends on interest rates, and changes in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our results of operations will depend to a large extent on our “net interest income,” which is the difference between the interest expense incurred in connection with our interest-bearing liabilities, such as interest on deposit accounts, and the interest income received from our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect us through, among other things, increased prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect our net yield on interest earning assets, loan origination volume, loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, and our overall results. Fluctuations in interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are not predictable or controllable. Therefore, while we attempt to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, we might not be able to maintain a consistent positive spread between the interest that we receive and the interest that we pay. As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations.

 

 20 

 

 

Requirements to hold more capital could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operations.

 

In July 2013, the bank regulators adopted a final rule for the Basel III capital framework. These rules apply to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $1 billion or more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies and substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to us. The rules apply to Howard Bank and Howard Bancorp. The rules include a capital conservation buffer that phases in over a period of years that began in 2016 and will become fully effective in 2019. Failure to satisfy any of the capital requirements, including with the applicable “buffer” amount, will result in limits on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses. The rules establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions if the capital requirements of the buffer are not fully satisfied. Beginning January 1, 2017, Howard Bancorp and the Bank’s risk-based capital requirements, with the applicable buffer, are (i) a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 5.75%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital (common Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) ratio of 7.25% and (iii) a total capital ratio of 9.25%. The capital conservation buffer does not apply to our leverage ratio requirement, which will remain at 4%. Once the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the resulting requirements will be a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 7%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of 10.5%. These increased capital requirements may have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and results of operations, or the failure to satisfy such requirements may result in our inability to pay dividends on or repurchase shares of our common stock, which could also negatively impact the market price of our stock, and may negatively impact our ability to retain personnel if our ability to pay retention bonuses is compromised.

 

Our business may be adversely affected by increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crimes.

 

As a financial institution, we are subject to risk of loss due to fraud and other financial crimes. Nationally, reported incidents of fraud and other financial crimes have increased. We believe we have controls in place to detect and prevent such losses, but in some cases multi-party collusion or other sophisticated methods of hiding fraud may not be readily detected or detectable, and could result in losses that affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Financial crime is not limited to the financial services industry. Our customers could experience fraud in their businesses, which could materially impact their ability to repay their loans, and deposit customers in all financial institutions are constantly and unwittingly solicited by others in fraud schemes that vary from easily detectable and obvious attempts to high-level and very complex international schemes that could drain an account of millions of dollars and require detailed financial forensics to unravel. While we have controls in place, contractual agreements with our customers partitioning liability, and insurance to help mitigate the risk, none of these are guarantees that we will not experience a loss, potentially a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, reputation and results of operations.

 

Monetary policy and general economic conditions will influence our results of operations.

 

Governmental economic and monetary policy will influence our results of operations. The rates of interest payable on deposits and chargeable on loans are affected by fiscal policy as determined by various governmental and regulatory authorities, in particular the FRB, as well as by national, state and local economic conditions. In addition, adverse general economic conditions may impair the ability of our borrowers to repay loans.

 

Regulations pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. financial services industry.

 

The Dodd Frank Act required the CFPB and other federal agencies to issue many new and significant rules and regulations to implement its various provisions. There are a number of regulations under the Dodd Frank Act that have not yet been fully adopted and implemented and we will not know the full impact of the Dodd Frank Act on our business until such regulations are fully implemented. As a result, we cannot predict the full extent to which the Dodd Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and may result in additional costs and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities, any of which could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

 

Because the Bank serves a limited market area, we could be more adversely affected by an economic downturn in our market area than our larger competitors that are more geographically diverse.

 

Our current primary market area consists of the Greater Baltimore Metropolitan Area. Broad geographic diversification is not currently part of our community bank focus. As a result, if our market areas suffer an economic downturn, our business and financial condition may be more severely affected by such circumstances than are our larger competitors. Factors that adversely affect the economy in our target markets could reduce our deposit base and demand for our services and products and increase our credit losses. Consequently, we may be adversely affected, potentially materially, by adverse changes in economic conditions in and around our market areas. Our larger bank competitors, for example, serve more geographically diverse market areas, parts of which may not be affected by the same economic conditions that may exist in our market areas.

 

 21 

 

 

Further, unexpected changes in the national and local economy may adversely affect our ability to attract deposits and to make loans. In particular, due to the proximity of our primary and secondary market areas to Washington, D.C., decreases in spending by the Federal government or cuts to Federal government employment could impact us to a greater degree than banks that serve a larger or a different geographical area. Such risks are beyond our control and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and, in turn, the value of our common stock.

 

The small to medium-sized businesses that the Bank lends to may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the economy, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan to the Bank that could materially harm our operating results.

 

The Bank targets its business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses frequently have a smaller market share than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience significant volatility in operating results. Any one or more of these factors may impair their ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small to medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on its business and its ability to repay a loan. As a result, economic downturns and other events that negatively impact our market areas could cause the Bank to incur substantial credit losses that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We depend heavily on six key employees, Mary Ann Scully, Robert A. Altieri, George C. Coffman, Dennis E. Finnegan, Charles E. Schwabe and James D. Witty, to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and the loss of their services could disrupt our operations and result in reduced earnings.

 

Ms. Scully is our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Altieri is an Executive Vice President, President of our Mortgage Banking Division and our Chief Specialty Lending Officer, Mr. Coffman is an Executive Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Finnegan is an Executive Vice President and our Chief Deposit Officer, Mr. Schwabe is an Executive Vice President and our Secretary, Chief Administrative Officer, and Chief Risk Officer and Mr. Witty is an Executive Vice President and our Chief Lending Officer. We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our senior management team. We believe our senior management team possesses valuable knowledge about and experience in the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would be difficult to replicate. We have entered into an employment agreement with each of Ms. Scully, Mr. Altieri, Mr. Coffman, Mr. Finnegan, Mr. Schwabe and Mr. Witty and acquired key-person life insurance on each such executive officer, but the existence of such agreements and insurance does not assure that we will be able to retain their services or recover losses associated with the loss of their services. The unexpected loss of the services of Ms. Scully, Mr. Altieri, Mr. Coffman, Mr. Finnegan, Mr. Schwabe or Mr. Witty could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition and operating results, as well as the value of our common stock.

 

Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

 

State and federal banking agencies, including the FRB, the FDIC and the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a state or federal banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management was in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, results of operations and reputation may be negatively impacted.

 

Many of our new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

 

We intend to complement and expand our business by continuing to pursue strategic acquisitions of banks and other financial institutions. We must generally receive regulatory approval before we can acquire an institution or business. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

 

In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our internal growth strategy and possibly enter into new markets through de novo branching. De novo branching and any acquisition carries with it numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals. The failure to obtain these regulatory approvals for potential future strategic acquisitions and de novo branches may impact our business plans and restrict our growth.

 

 22 

 

 

We may be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed on attractive terms, or at all.

 

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Our capital requirements for the foreseeable future are currently satisfied. We may at some point, however, need to raise additional capital to support our continued growth or if our liquidity is adversely affected by external factors such as worsening economic conditions or continued slow economic growth. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations could be materially impaired, or the failure to raise additional capital could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if we decide to raise additional equity capital, your interest in Howard Bancorp could be diluted. Furthermore, if we raise additional capital through the issuance of debt securities, there can be no assurance that sufficient revenues or cash flow will exist to service such debt.

 

The market value of our investments could negatively impact stockholders’ equity.

 

Most of our securities investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 has been designated as available for sale pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320 – “Investments.” ASC Topic 320 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available for sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareholders’ equity, net of tax. If the market value of the investment portfolio declines, this could cause a corresponding decline in shareholders’ equity.

 

Our lending limit may limit our growth.

 

We are limited in the amount we can loan to a single borrower by the amount of our capital. Generally, under current law, we may lend up to 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus to any one borrower. Based upon our current capital levels, such amount is significantly less than that of many of our competitors and may discourage potential borrowers who have credit needs in excess of our lending limit from doing business with us. We accommodate larger loans by selling participations in those loans to other financial institutions, but this strategy may not always be available.

 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate documents and in Maryland corporate law may make it difficult and expensive to remove current management.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate documents and in Maryland law may render the removal of our existing board of directors and management more difficult. Consequently, it may be difficult and expensive for our stockholders to remove current management, even if current management is not performing adequately.

 

Our articles of incorporation limit the liability of our directors and officers.

 

Our articles of incorporation provide that, to the full extent permitted by Maryland law, no director or officer of Howard Bancorp will be liable to us or our stockholders for money damages. This limitation could impair the ability of us and our stockholders to recover for damages resulting from acts or omissions of our directors and officers.

 

 23 

 

 

The market price for our common stock may be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to changes in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects. Factors that may affect market sentiment include:

 

·operating results that vary from the expectations of our management or of securities analysts and investors;
·developments in our business or in the financial service sector generally;
·regulatory or legislative changes affecting our industry generally or our business and operations in particular;
·operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;
·changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
·announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions, dispositions, financings and other material events by us or our competitors; and
·changes in financial markets and national and local economies and general market conditions, such as interest rates and stock, commodity, credit or asset valuations or volatility.

 

While the U.S. and other governments continue efforts to restore confidence in financial markets and promote economic growth, market and economic turmoil could still occur in the near- or long-term, negatively affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as the price, trading volume and volatility of our common stock.

 

We can sell additional shares of common stock without consulting stockholders and without offering shares to existing stockholders, which would result in dilution of stockholders’ interests in Howard Bancorp and could depress our stock price.

 

Our articles of incorporation currently authorize an aggregate of 20 million shares of common stock, 9,763,318 of which are outstanding as of the date of this report. Our board of directors has the authority to amend our articles of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of any class of stock that we have the authority to issue. The board of directors is further authorized to issue additional shares of common stock and preferred stock, at such times and for such consideration as it may determine, without stockholder action. The ability of the board of directors to increase our authorized shares of capital stock, and the existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock, could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging hostile takeover attempts, or of facilitating a negotiated acquisition and could affect the market for and price of our common stock. Because our common stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase shares of our capital stock (that is, the right to purchase a stockholder’s pro rata share of any securities issued by Howard Bancorp), any future offering of capital stock could have a dilutive effect on holders of our common stock.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable

 

 24 

 

 

Item 2. Properties

 

Our headquarters are located in Ellicott City, Maryland. The Bank owns nine full-service branches and leases its remaining branches. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Premises and Equipment,” for additional information.

 

We own the following properties, which had a book value of $16.3 million at December 31, 2016:

 

Branch Location   Address   Description
         
Maple Lawn 1   10985 Johns Hopkins Road   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Laurel, MD 20723    
         
Centennial   10161 Baltimore National Pike   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Ellicott City, MD 21042    
         
Aberdeen   3 West Bel Air Avenue   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Aberdeen, MD 21001    
         
Rising Sun   6 Pearl Street   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Rising Sun, MD 21911    
         
Elkton 1   305 Augustine Herman Highway   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Elkton, MD 21921    
         
Dublin   3535 Conowingo Road   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Street, MD 21154    
         
Dundalk   1301 Merritt Boulevard   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Dundalk, MD 21222    
         
Parkville 1   2028 East Joppa Road   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Parkville, MD 21235    
         
Hampden   821 West 36th Street   Full service branch
    Baltimore, MD 21211    
         
Office Location   Address   Description
         
Innovation Center   10161 Baltimore National Pike   Information technology and other
    Ellicott City, MD 21042   support functions

 

(1)The premises are owned, but are subject to a ground lease.

 

We lease the following branches:

 

Branch Location   Address   Description
         
Snowden River   6011 University Boulevard, Suite 150   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Ellicott City, MD 21043    
         
Defense Highway   116 Defense Highway   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Annapolis, MD 21401    
         
Towson   22 West Pennsylvania Avenue   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Baltimore, MD 21204    
         
Havre de Grace   800 Revolution Street   Full service branch with drive-thru
    Havre de Grace, MD 21078    

 

 25 

 

 

We lease the following facilities unless otherwise noted:

 

Office Location   Address   Description
         
Corporate Office   6011 University Boulevard, Suite 370   Corporate headquarters
    Ellicott City, MD 21043    
         
Towson Office   22 West Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 102   Regional headquarters
    Baltimore, MD 21204    
         
Annapolis Office   1997 Annapolis Exchange Parkway, Suite 140   Regional banking office and regional
    Annapolis, MD 21401   mortgage banking office
         
Columbia Mortgage Office   8820 Columbia 100 Parkway   Regional mortgage banking office
    Columbia, MD 21045    
         
Timonium Mortgage Office   1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 165   Regional mortgage banking office
    Timonium, MD 21093    
         
Rockville Mortgage Office   1572 Crabb Branch Way, Suite 2D   Regional mortgage banking office
    Rockville, MD 20855    
         
Reisterstown Mortgage Office   118 Westminster Pike, Suite 106   Regional mortgage banking office
    Reisterstown, MD 21136    
         
Dundalk   1301 Merritt Boulevard   Deposit operation services
    Dundalk, MD 21222    
         
Parkville 1   2028 East Joppa Road   Loan operation services
    Parkville, MD 21235    

 

(1)The premises are owned, but are subject to a ground lease.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our normal course of business. As of the date of this report, we are not aware of any material pending litigation matters.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable

 

 26 

 

 

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

 

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “HBMD.”

 

The following table reflects the high and low sale prices for the periods presented. Quotations are based on NASDAQ listings and reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

   2016   2015 
   Stock price range   Stock price range 
Quarter  High   Low   High   Low 
First  $13.33   $11.65   $14.90   $10.75 
Second   13.27    12.01    14.75    12.01 
Third   13.75    12.24    15.15    13.03 
Fourth   15.25    12.85    14.90    12.51 

 

At March 15, 2017, we had 453 stockholders of record.

 

Dividends

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; however, our board of directors may decide to declare dividends in the future. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion, tax considerations, general economic conditions and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

As a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends is dependent upon, among other things, restrictions imposed by the reserve and capital requirements of Maryland and federal law and regulations, our income and financial condition, tax considerations and general business conditions. In addition, because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to us as our principal source of funds to pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments.

 

 27 

 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

   Year ended December 31, 
(in thousands, except per share data.)  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 
Statements of operations data:                         
Interest income  $38,741   $33,349   $23,360   $17,711   $15,537 
Interest expense   4,562    3,072    2,402    1,901    2,005 
Provision for credit losses   2,037    1,836    3,255    950    718 
Noninterest income   14,782    11,927    23,256    1,324    768 
Noninterest expense   38,685    38,253    23,694    13,239    10,823 
Federal and state income tax expense   2,936    973    6,853    984    1,138 
Net income   5,303    1,142    10,412    1,961    1,621 
Dividends   166    126    126    165    616 
Net income available to common shareholders   5,137    1,016    10,286    1,796    1,005 
                          
Per share data and shares outstanding:                         
Net income per common share, basic  $0.74   $0.16   $2.53   $0.44   $0.31 
Net income per common share, diluted  $0.73   $0.16   $2.48   $0.44   $0.31 
Book value per common share at period end  $12.27   $11.54   $11.36   $8.80   $8.45 
Average common shares outstanding   6,975,662    6,160,005    4,073,077    4,036,291    3,269,835 
Diluted average common shares outstanding   6,998,982    6,223,496    4,143,101    4,076,470    3,269,835 
Shares outstanding at period end   6,991,072    6,962,139    4,145,547    4,095,650    4,040,471 
                          
Financial Condition data:                         
Total assets  $1,026,957   $946,759   $691,416   $499,918   $401,675 
Loans receivable (gross)   821,524    757,002    552,917    403,875    322,218 
Allowance for credit losses   6,428    4,869    3,602    2,506    2,764 
Other interest-earning assets   152,075    138,137    99,261    60,481    38,972 
Total deposits   808,734    747,408    554,039    388,949    314,858 
Borrowings   127,574    98,828    67,628    61,658    38,987 
Total stockholders' equity   85,790    92,899    59,643    48,624    46,721 
Common equity   85,790    80,337    47,081    36,062    34,159 
                          
Average assets   970,710    782,441    557,602    428,961    356,355 
Average stockholders' equity   86,221    76,143    50,674    47,717    41,338 
Average common stockholders' equity   81,896    63,581    38,112    35,155    28,776 
                          
Selected performance ratios:                         
Return on average assets   0.55%   0.15%   1.87%   0.46%   0.45%
Return on average common equity   6.48%   1.80%   27.32%   5.58%   5.63%
Net interest margin(1)   3.73%   4.08%   3.97%   3.93%   3.98%
Efficiency ratio(2)   79.01%   90.64%   53.59%   77.27%   75.69%
                          
Asset quality ratios:                         
Nonperforming loans to gross loans   1.13%   1.37%   0.77%   0.79%   0.75%
Allowance for credit losses to loans   0.78%   0.64%   0.65%   0.62%   0.86%
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans   69.24%   46.95%   84.69%   78.76%   115.12%
Nonperforming assets to loans and other real estate   1.41%   1.68%   1.21%   1.37%   1.63%
Nonperforming assets to total assets   1.13%   1.35%   0.97%   1.11%   1.32%
                          
Capital ratios:                         
Leverage ratio   8.36%   9.90%   8.60%   9.93%   12.34%
Tier I risk-based capital ratio   9.71%   11.47%   10.11%   11.45%   14.18%
Total risk-based capital ratio   10.83%   12.09%   10.73%   12.05%   15.02%
Average equity to average assets   8.88%   9.73%   9.09%   11.12%   11.60%

 

(1)Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average earning assets.
(2)Efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

 28 

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This section is intended to help current and potential investors understand our financial performance through a discussion of the factors affecting our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. This section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc. is the holding company for Howard Bank. Howard Bank was formed in 2004. Howard Bank’s business has consisted primarily of originating both commercial and real estate loans secured by property in our market area. Typically, commercial real estate and business loans involve a higher degree of risk and carry a higher yield than one-to four-family residential loans. Although we plan to continue to focus on commercial customers, we intend to continue our origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, maintaining our portfolio of mortgage lending and also selling select loans into the secondary markets.

 

We are headquartered in Ellicott City, Maryland and we consider our primary market area to be The Greater Baltimore Metropolitan Area. We engage in a general commercial banking business, making various types of loans and accepting deposits. We market our financial services to small to medium sized businesses and their owners, professionals and executives, and high-net-worth individuals. Our loans are primarily funded by core deposits of customers in our market.

 

Our core business strategy is to deliver superior customer service that is supported by an extremely high level of banking sophistication. Our specialized community banking focus on both local markets and small business related market segments is combined with a broad array of products, new technology and seasoned banking professionals which positions the Bank differently than most competitors. Our experienced executives establish a relationship with each client and bring value to all phases of a client’s business and personal banking needs.

 

Our results of operations depend mainly on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our loan and investment portfolios and the interest expense we pay on deposits and borrowings. Results of operations are also affected by provisions for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense. Our noninterest expense consists primarily of compensation and employee benefits, as well as office occupancy, deposit insurance and general administrative and data processing expenses. Our operations are significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly with respect to changes in interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. Future changes in applicable laws, regulations or government policies may materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In August 2015, we completed our acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp, the parent company of The Patapsco Bank, through the merger of Patapsco Bancorp with and into the Company, immediately followed by the merger of Patapsco Bank with and into the Bank. The merger was consummated pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 2, 2015, as amended, by and between the Company and Patapsco Bancorp.

 

On May 6, 2016, we redeemed all of the 12,562 shares of the Series AA Preferred Stock that we had previously issued to the Treasury under its SBLF program. The aggregate redemption price of the Series AA Preferred Stock was approximately $12.7 million, including dividends accrued but unpaid through the redemption date. The redemption of the Series AA Preferred Stock was funded with variable rate debt with Raymond James Bank, N.A.

 

Financial highlights in 2016 are as follows:

·We reached $1.0 billion in assets.
·Total assets increased by $80.2 million or 8.5%.
·Portfolio loans grew by $64.5 million or 8.5%.
·Deposits increased by $61.3 million or 8.2%.
·$4.2 million or over 350% increase in net income for 2016 compared to 2015.

 

On February 1, 2017, we sold 2,760,000 shares of our common stock resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $38.4 million. We used the proceeds of the offering to pay off the loan to Raymond James Bank, N.A. and retained the remainder. This will positively impact our liquidity and capital position in 2017 and provide funds that will allow us to grow our loans and investments.

 

 29 

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our accounting and financial reporting policies conform to the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practice within the banking industry. Accordingly, preparation of the financial statements require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion and make significant assumptions and estimates based on the information available that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the periods presented. In reviewing and understanding financial information for us, you are encouraged to read and understand the significant accounting policies used in preparing our financial statements. The accounting policies we view as critical are those relating to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes and share based compensation.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for credit losses charged against income. Loans are charged against the allowance for credit losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The allowance is an amount that represents the amount of probable and reasonably estimable known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio, based on evaluations of the collectability of loans. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the types and amount of loans in the loan portfolio, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, estimated losses relating to specifically identified loans, and current economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including, among others, exposure at default, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses on our loan portfolios as well as consideration of general loss experience. Based on our estimate of the level of allowance for credit losses required, we record a provision for credit losses to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level.

 

We cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan charge-offs that we will incur. We do not currently determine a range of loss with respect to the allowance for credit losses. In addition, our regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our allowance for credit losses. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the allowance for credit losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. To the extent that actual outcomes differ from management’s estimates, additional provisions to the allowance for credit losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The core deposit intangible is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the acquired long-term deposits acquired, and the remaining amounts of the core deposit intangible are periodically reviewed for reasonableness. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The goodwill impairment analysis estimates the fair value of equity using discounted cash flow analyses. The inputs and assumptions specific to each reporting unit are incorporated in the valuations, including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, and an estimated long-term growth rate. We assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of the reporting units by comparing implied valuation multiples with valuation multiples from guideline companies and by comparing the aggregate estimated fair value of the reporting units to our market capitalization over a reasonable period of time. Significant and sustained declines in our market capitalization could be an indication of potential goodwill impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are highly sensitive to changes in these estimates and assumptions; therefore, in some instances, changes in these assumptions could impact whether the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying value. Ultimately, potential future changes in these assumptions may impact the estimated fair value of a reporting unit and cause the fair value of the reporting unit to be below its carrying value. We have determined that there was not an impairment of the carrying value of either the goodwill or core deposit intangible for 2016.

 

 30 

 

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes under the asset/liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in income in the period indicated by the enactment date. We establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not become realizable. The judgment about the level of future taxable income is dependent to a great extent on matters that may, at least in part, be beyond our control. It is at least reasonably possible that management’s judgment about the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets could change in the near term.

 

Share Based Compensation

 

We follow the provisions of ASC Topic 718 “Compensation – Stock Compensation” which requires the expense recognition over the respective service period for the fair value of share based compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock, and performance based shares. This standard allows management to establish modeling assumptions as to expected stock price volatility, option terms, forfeiture rates and dividend rates which directly impact estimated fair value. The accounting standard also allows for the use of alternative option pricing models which may impact fair value as determined. Our practice is to utilize reasonable and supportable assumptions which are reviewed with the appropriate board committee.

 

Balance Sheet Analysis and Comparison of Financial Condition

 

A comparison between December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 balance sheets is presented below.

 

Assets

 

Total assets increased $80.2 million, or 8.5%, to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $946.8 million at December 31, 2015. This increase in assets includes organic loan growth of $64.5 million and the Bank’s $19.5 million investment in interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions during 2016. Partially offsetting these increases was a $10.8 million decrease in securities available for sale. The primary source of funding for the asset growth was an increase in deposit levels. Customer deposits increased from $747.4 million at December 31, 2015 to $808.7 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $61.3 million or 8.2%. Supplementing the deposit growth, the level of short-term Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) borrowings increased by $37.9 million during 2016. As a result of the redemption of our Series AA Preferred Stock in May 2016, as discussed above and in Notes 1 and 20 to our consolidated financial statements, total shareholders’ equity decreased from $92.9 million on December 31, 2015 to $85.8 million on December 31, 2016, despite an increase in retained earnings of $5.1 million.

 

Investment Securities

 

Available for sale

Available for sale securities are reported at fair value. We currently hold U.S. agency and treasury securities, mortgage backed securities, and mutual fund investments in our securities portfolio, which are categorized as available for sale. The investment in mutual funds is a supplement to our community reinvestment program activities. We use our securities portfolio to provide the required collateral for funding via commercial customer repurchase agreements as well as to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our loans and provide funds for withdrawals of deposits. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 we held an investment in stock of the FHLB of $5.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively. This investment is required for continued FHLB membership and is based partially upon the amount of borrowings outstanding from the FHLB. This FHLB stock is carried at cost.

 

Held to maturity

Held to maturity securities are reported at amortized cost. The only investments that we have classified as held to maturity are corporate debentures. These investments are intended to be held until maturity.

 

 31 

 

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
   Amortized   Estimated   Amortized   Estimated   Amortized   Estimated 
   Cost   Fair Value   Cost   Fair Value   Cost   Fair Value 
Available for sale U.S. Government Agencies  $34,584   $34,463   $48,467   $48,422   $37,010   $36,981 
Treasuries   1,512    1,504    -    -    4,000    3,997 
Mortgage-backed   1,366    1,298    54    57    95    101 
Other investments   1,500    1,463    1,100    1,094    -    - 
   $38,962   $38,728   $49,621   $49,573   $41,105   $41,079 
Held to maturity Corporate debentures  $6,250   $6,584   $3,000   $3,328   $-   $- 

 

We had available for sale securities of $38.7 million and $49.6 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, which were recorded at fair value. This represents a decrease of $10.8 million, or 21.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the prior year end. This decrease was a result of scheduled maturities and calls of these securities, except for the sale of an equity security with a carrying value of $100 thousand issued by a local small financial institution that resulted in a gain of $96 thousand in 2016. In 2015, we sold the entire investment portfolio acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition within days of the closing, recording no gain or loss on the sale of this investment portfolio.

 

With respect to our portfolio of securities available for sale, the portfolio contained 12 securities with unrealized losses of $240 thousand and 19 securities with an unrealized losses of $51 thousand at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Changes in the fair value of these securities resulted primarily from interest rate fluctuations. We do not intend to sell these securities nor is it more likely than not that we would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery, and we believe the collection of the investment and related interest is probable. Based on this analysis, we do not consider any of the unrealized losses to be other than temporary impairment losses. The held to maturity securities were all in a gain position at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Portfolio Maturities and Yields

The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio (with respect to those securities that have a fixed maturity date) at December 31, 2016 is summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

 

   As of December 31, 2016
       After one   After five         
(in thousands)  One year or less   through five years   through ten years   After ten years   Total 
       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted 
   Amortized   Average   Amortized   Average   Amortized   Average   Amortized   Average   Amortized   Average 
   Cost   Yield   Cost   Yield   Cost   Yield   Cost   Yield   Cost   Yield 
Available for sale                                                  
U.S. Government Agencies  $16,988    0.70%  $17,596    1.16%  $-    -%  $-    -%  $34,584    0.93%
                                                   
Treasury   -    -    1,512    0.83    -    -    -    -    1,512    0.83 
Mortgage-backed   -    -    12    4.58    12    4.97    1,342    2.57    1,366    2.61 
   16,988    0.70%  $19,120    1.14%  $12    4.97%  $1,342    2.57%  $37,462    0.99%
Held to maturity Corporate debentures    $    -           -       $  -           -       $  6,250           6.12       $  -           -       $  6,250           6.12  %

 

 32 

 

 

Loan and Lease Portfolio

 

Total loans and leases increased $64.5 million, or 8.52%, to $821.5 million at December 31, 2016 from $757.0 million at December 31, 2015. This organic growth during 2016 was primarily due to growth in total real estate loans, which increased $61.7 million or 10.4% from 2015 levels. Residential real estate loans grew $19.6 million and commercial real estate loans (including construction and land development) grew $42.1 million comparing 2016 levels to those at the end of 2015. Commercial loans and leases grew slightly, by $2.3 million, while the consumer loan portfolio increased $548 thousand, during 2016.

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

   December 31, 
(dollars in thousands)  2016   2015  

2014 

   2013   2012 
   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent 
Real Estate                                                  
Construction and land  $72,973    8.9%  $69,385    9.1%  $64,158    11.6%  $50,884    12.6%  $37,963    11.8%
Residential - first lien   195,032    23.7    182,988    24.1    88,293    16.0    39,249    9.7    29,826    9.3 
Residential - junior lien   35,009    4.3    27,477    3.6    19,301    3.5    8,266    2.0    7,983    2.5 
Total residential real estate   230,041    28.0    210,465    27.7    107,594    19.5    47,515    11.7    37,809    11.7 
Commercial - owner occupied   134,213    16.3    131,114    17.3    112,826    20.4    90,333    22.4    61,119    19.0 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   216,781    26.4    181,361    23.9    123,958    22.4    113,559    28.1    96,223    29.9 
Total commercial real estate   350,994    42.7    312,475    41.2    236,784    42.8    203,892    50.5    157,342    48.8 
Total real estate loans   654,008    79.6    592,325    78.0    408,536    73.9    302,291    74.8    233,114    72.3 
Commercial loans and leases   162,715    19.8    160,424    21.4    139,669    25.2    100,410    24.9    87,844    27.3 
Consumer loans   4,801    0.6    4,253    0.6    4,712    0.9    1,174    0.3    1,260    0.4 
Total loans and leases  $821,524    100.0%  $757,002    100.0%  $552,917    100.0%  $403,875    100.0%  $322,218    100.0%

 

We have historically focused primarily on lending to businesses for commercial financing as well as commercial real estate lending. Our business model has always been to focus on the needs of small to mid-sized businesses and their owners. While this focus continues, since the commencement of our mortgage banking activities in 2014 we have seen continued growth in our residential real estate lending portfolio.

 

Loan Portfolio Maturities

The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio and sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed and adjustable rate loans in our portfolio at December 31, 2016.

 

   As of  December 31, 2016 
       After one         
(dollars in thousands)  One year or less   through five years   After five years   Total 
 Real Estate                    
 Construction and land  $38,741   $25,400   $8,832   $72,973 
 Residential - first lien   183    3,624    191,225    195,032 
 Residential - junior lien   176    1,413    33,420    35,009 
 Total residential real estate   359    5,037    224,645    230,041 
 Commercial - owner occupied   16,148    41,514    76,551    134,213 
 Commercial - non-owner occupied   29,320    87,790    99,671    216,781 
 Total commercial real estate   45,468    129,304    176,222    350,994 
 Total real estate loans   84,568    159,741    409,699    654,008 
 Commercial loans and leases   24,501    59,940    78,274    162,715 
 Consumer loans   335    710    3,756    4,801 
 Total  $109,404   $220,391   $491,729   $821,524 
 Rate terms:                    
 Fixed rate  $63,216   $159,923   $253,899   $477,038 
 Adjustable rate   46,188    60,468    237,830    344,486 
 Total  $109,404   $220,391   $491,729   $821,524 

 

 33 

 

 

Deposits

 

We accept deposits primarily from the areas in which our branches and offices are located. We have consistently focused on building broader customer relationships and targeting small business customers to increase our core deposits. We also rely on our customer service to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Customer deposits have historically provided us with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds to support asset growth. Our deposit accounts consist of commercial and retail checking accounts, savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, and individual retirement accounts. We do not currently accept brokered deposits other than those obtained under Promontory Interfinancial Network’s certificate of deposit account registry service program.

 

We review and update interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements, anticipated short term loan demand and our deposit growth goals.

 

Our deposits increased from $747.4 million at December 31, 2015 to $808.7 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $61.3 million or 8.2% for 2016, all of which is attributable to organic activities. Total demand deposits grew $17.7 million or 7.8%, comprised of noninterest-bearing demand deposits growth of $9.2 million and interest-bearing demand deposits growth of $8.5 million. Money market accounts increased $17.2 million or 7.5%. Certificates of deposit increased $27.9 million or 11.8% which was the largest individual category of deposits growth. The only deposit category that declined was our savings accounts, which decreased $1.5 million or 2.9% during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at the dates indicated

 

   December 31, 
(dollars in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
           Weighted           Weighted           Weighted 
       % of   Average       % of   Average       % of   Average 
   Amount   Total   Rate   Amount   Total   Rate   Amount   Total   Rate 
Noninterest-bearing demand  $182,880    23%   -%  $173,689    23%   -%  $142,727    26%        -     %
Interest-bearing checking   62,538    8    0.23    54,014    7    0.21    49,988    9    0.24 
Money market accounts   247,858    31    0.46    230,661    31    0.47    140,426    25    0.47 
Savings   50,495    6    0.14    51,989    7    0.18    31,354    6    0.19 
Certificates of deposit   264,963    32    0.87    237,055    32    0.75    189,544    34    0.82 
Total deposits  $808,734    100%   0.57%  $747,408    100%   0.56%  $554,039    100%  0.60%

 

The following table sets forth the maturity of certificates of deposit $100,000 and over at December 31, 2016

 

(in thousands)
Three months or less  $62,865 
Over three to six months   42,162 
Over six to twelve months   27,654 
Over twelve months   50,277 
   $182,958 

 

Borrowings

 

Customer deposits remain the primary source we utilize to meet funding needs, but we supplement this with short-term and long-term borrowings. Borrowings consist of overnight unsecured master notes, overnight securities sold under agreement to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), FHLB advances, a junior subordinated debenture assumed in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition and, during 2016, $12.6 million of variable rate short-term debt with Raymond James Bank, N.A, which we used to fund the redemption of the preferred stock issued under the SBLF program. Repurchase agreements consist of overnight electronic sweep products that move customer excess funds from non-interest bearing deposit accounts to an interest bearing repurchase agreement, which is classified as a borrowing. Master notes similarly sweep funds from the Bank’s customer accounts to the Company but do not require pledged collateral. Repurchase agreements sweep funds within the Bank and are secured primarily by pledges of U.S. Government Agency securities, based upon their fair value, as collateral for 100% of the principal and accrued interest of its repurchase agreements.

 

As a part of the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, Howard Bancorp assumed debt originally issued by Patapsco Bancorp. In 2005 Patapsco Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory business trust and an unconsolidated wholly-owned subsidiary of Patapsco Bancorp and now of the Company, issued $5 million of capital trust pass-through securities to investors. The interest rate currently adjusts on a quarterly basis at the rate of the three month LIBOR plus 1.48%. Patapsco Statutory Trust I purchased $5,155,000 of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures from Patapsco Bancorp. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. Patapsco Bancorp also fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Trust under the capital securities, which guarantee became an obligation of the Company upon our acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp. The capital securities are redeemable by the Company at par. The capital securities must be redeemed upon final maturity of the subordinated debentures on December 31, 2035.

 

 34 

 

 

Our borrowings totaled $127.6 million at December 31, 2016 and $98.8 million at December 31, 2015. Short-term borrowings are summarized in the following table:

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate 
Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase & Master Notes                        
At period end     $   11,390               0.13 %     $   16,621               0.12 %     $   24,628               0.12 %
Average for the year   13,626    0.13    19,434    0.12    17,142    0.12 
Maximum month-end balance   21,764         23,694         24,628      
Federal Funds Purchased and Short-term Borrowed Funds                              
At period end  $95,666    1.26%  $52,500    0.55%  $24,000    0.26%
Average for the year   49,831    1.16    27,459    0.47    22,184    0.38 
Maximum month-end balance   95,666         52,500         31,000      

 

Short-term borrowing totaled $107.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $69.1 million at December 31, 2015. Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2016 consisted of repurchase agreements of $10.6 million, master notes totaling $800 thousand, ten short-term FHLB advances totaling $83.0 million, and the $12.6 million loan from Raymond James Bank, N.A. At December 31, 2015 we had repurchase agreements of $15.7 million, master notes totaling $900 thousand and nine advances outstanding totaling $52.5 million, of which $17.0 million were federal funds purchased. The increased levels of short term borrowings were used to fund our asset growth during 2016.

 

Long-term borrowing totaled $20.5 million at December 31, 2016, consisting of five long-term FHLB advances outstanding totaling $17.0 million and junior subordinated debt, assumed in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, totaling $3.5 million.

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

Total shareholders’ equity decreased $7.1 million, or approximately 7.7%, from $92.9 million at December 31, 2015 to $85.8 million at December 31, 2016. Changes in shareholders’ equity were primarily the result of Howard Bancorp redeeming all $12.6 million of our Series AA Preferred Stock, partially offset by the retention of the earnings in 2016. Absent the redemption of the preferred stock, shareholders’ equity would have increased $5.5 million or 5.9% comparing 2016 to 2015.

 

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016 represents a capital to asset ratio of 8.4%, while total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 represented a capital to asset ratio of 9.8%. The decrease in the capital asset ratio is similarly the result of our continued asset growth and the redemption of our Series AA Preferred Stock in May 2016, partially offset by the retention of the earnings in 2016.

 

 35 

 

 

Average Balance and Yields

 

The following tables set forth average balances, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, and have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

   December 31,
   2016   2015   2014 
   Average   Income   Yield   Average   Income   Yield   Average   Income   Yield 
(dollars in thousands)  Balance   / Expense   / Rate   Balance   / Expense   / Rate   Balance   / Expense   / Rate 
Earning assets                                             
Loans and leases: 1                                             
Commercial loans and leases  $159,230   $7,738    4.86%  $142,697   $6,948    4.89%  $108,151   $5,173    4.78 
Commercial real estate   323,868    15,506    4.79    269,412    14,422    5.35    211,674    10,773    5.09 
Construction and land   72,061    3,369    4.68    65,508    3,121    4.76    58,889    2,947    5.00 
Residential real estate   225,054    9,536    4.24    144,743    6,382    4.41    70,025    3,141    4.49 
Consumer   4,561    249    5.45    4,257    258    6.07    1,778    142    7.97 
Total loans and leases   784,774    36,398    4.64    626,617    31,131    4.97    450,517    22,175    4.92 
Loans held for sale   43,206    1,467    3.40    47,691    1,706    3.58    23,711    880    3.71 
Other earning assets 2   36,918    185    0.50    24,365    63    0.26    25,914    54    0.21 
Securities: 3                                             
U.S. Treasury   851    7    0.83    2,071    12    0.58    1,074    -    - 
U.S Gov agencies   41,899    194    0.46    33,989    117    0.34    20,198    20    0.10 
Mortgage-backed   213    6    2.86    1,275    3    0.26    4,408    133    3.02 
Corporate debentures   4,386    288    6.57    3,000    180    6.00    -    -    - 
Other investments   5,162    196    3.79    3,534    137    3.89    2,499    97    3.88 
Total securities   52,511    691    1.32    43,869    449    1.02    28,179    251    0.41 
Total earning assets   917,409    38,741    4.22    742,542    33,349    4.49    528,322    23,360    4.42 
Cash and due from banks   7,529              7,342              6,231           
Bank premises and equipment, net   20,569              16,145              11,466           
Other assets   30,704              20,329              16,391           
Less: allowance for credit losses   (5,501)             (3,917)             (4,807)          
Total assets  $970,710             $782,441             $557,603           
Interest-bearing liabilities                                             
Deposits:                                             
Interest-bearing demand accounts  $57,846    132    0.23%  $48,465   $101    0.21%  $35,065   $83    0.24 
Money market   250,118    1,149    0.46    172,492    807    0.47    116,010    550    0.47 
Savings   52,351    71    0.14    40,369    73    0.18    16,535    31    0.19 
Time deposits   243,376    2,118    0.87    215,846    1,630    0.75    172,436    1,415    0.82 
Total interest-bearing deposits   603,691    3,470    0.57    477,172    2,611    0.55    340,046    2,079    0.61 
Short-term borrowings   63,457    595    0.94    47,893    154    0.32    39,326    106    0.27 
Long-term borrowings   28,285    497    1.76    22,881    307    1.34    19,927    217    1.09 
Total interest-bearing funds   695,433    4,562    0.66    547,946    3,072    0.56    399,299    2,402    0.60 
Noninterest-bearing deposits   182,909              150,848              105,361           
Other liabilities and accrued expenses   6,147              7,505              2,268           
Total liabilities   884,489              706,299              506,928           
Shareholders' equity   86,221              76,142              50,674           
Total liabilities & shareholders' equity  $970,710             $782,441             $557,602           
Net interest rate spread 4       $34,179    3.57%       $30,277    3.93%       $20,958    3.82%
Effect of noninterest-bearing funds             0.16              0.15              0.15 
Net interest margin on earning assets 5             3.73%             4.08%             3.97%

 

(1)Loan fee income is included in the interest income calculation, and non-accrual loans are included in the average loan base upon which the interest rate earned on loans is calculated.
(2)Includes Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks.
(3)Available for sale securities are presented at fair value, held to maturity securities are presented at amortized cost.
(4)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

 36 

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total of the changes set forth in the rate and volume columns are presented in the total column.

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2016 vs. 2015   2015 vs. 2014 
   Due to variances in   Due to variances in 
(in thousands)  Total   Rates   Volumes 1   Total   Rates   Volumes 1 
Interest earned on:                              
Loans and leases:                              
Commercial loans and leases  $790   $(47)  $837    1,955   $118   $1,837 
Commercial real estate   1,084    (1,528)   2,612    3,649    558    3,091 
Construction and land   248    (58)   306    174    (142)   316 
Residential real estate   3,154    (249)   3,403    3,241    (53)   3,294 
Consumer   (9)   (26)   17    116    (34)   150 
Loans held for sale   (239)   (87)   (152)   826    (32)   858 
Taxable securities   242    129    113    19    (64)   83 
Other earning assets   122    59    63    9    12    (3)
Total interest income   5,392    (1,807)   7,199    9,989    363    9,626 
                               
Interest paid on:                              
Savings deposits   (2)   (18)   16    42    (1)   43 
Interest bearing checking   31    10    21    18    (10)   28 
Money market accounts   342    (15)   357    257    (7)   264 
Time deposits   488    249    239    215    (113)   328 
Short-term borrowings   441    296    145    48    20    28 
Long-term borrowings   190    95    95    90    51    39 
Total interest expense   1,490    617    873    670    (60)   730 
Net interest earned  $3,902   $(2,424)  $6,326   $9,319   $423   $8,896 

 

(1)Change attributed to mix (rate and volume) are included in volume variance.

 

Comparison of Results of Operations

 

A comparison of the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented below.

 

General

 

Net income available to common shareholders increased $4.1 million, to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net income available to common shareholders was driven by increases of $5.3 million in interest income and $2.9 million in noninterest income, partially offset by increases of $1.5 million in interest expense, $201 thousand in the provision for credit losses and $432 thousand in noninterest expense. Much of this revenue growth and the increased expenses are attributable to balance sheet growth resulting from our continued strategic and organic growth initiatives. For 2016, the dividends paid on preferred stock totaled $166 thousand compared to $126 thousand for 2015. With the redemption our Series AA Preferred Stock, previously discussed, these dividends paid will not continue in 2017.

 

 37 

 

 

Interest Income

 

Interest income increased $5.4 million, or 16.2%, to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $33.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was almost entirely due to a $5.0 million, or 15.3%, increase in interest and fees on loans and leases (including loans held for sale). The increase in interest and fees on loans and leases was a result of an increase of $158.2 million in average loans outstanding for 2016 versus 2015, largely attributable to the loans we acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on such loans. The average yield on loans and leases decreased to 4.64% from 4.97% year over year and the average yield on loans held for sale decreased to 3.40% from 3.58%, reflective of competitive conditions with respect to loan pricing that required us to lower our interest rates on loans. Commercial real estate loans reflected the largest decline in yield and was impacted by our large growth in this category with much of the growth recorded at reduced interest rates given the highly competitive pricing in our marketplace. In addition, interest income earned on investment securities increased $242 thousand as the average yield on investment securities increased to 1.32% from 1.02%, primarily as a result of changes in the portfolio mix. In addition, other interest income increased $122 thousand to $185 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $63 thousand during the prior year. This increase was a result of increases in both the average balance and average yield on other earning assets, which increased $12.6 million and 24 basis points, respectively, year over year. The average balance increase was a result of the Bank’s $19.5 million investment in interest bearing certificates of deposit at other financial institutions.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased $1.5 million, or 48.5%, to $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 from $3.1 million during the prior year. Interest expense on deposits increased $859 thousand or 32.9% as a result of the $126.5 million or 26.5% increase in average interest-bearing deposits we experienced, largely attributable to the deposits we acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition. Overall, the average rate paid on our interest-bearing deposits remained relatively unchanged year over year. Average money market balances grew 45.0%, while the average rate on these deposits decreased slightly in 2016.

 

Interest expense on borrowings increased $631 thousand comparing 2016 to 2015, as a result of increases in both the average volume of and average rate on our borrowings. There were two main reasons for these increases. The first was an increase in the average balance of and average rate on our long-term borrowings resulting from the $3.4 million of debt we assumed in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition and increases in FHLB advances. The second was the increase in the average balance of and the average rate paid on our short-term borrowings resulting from the $12.6 million variable rate debt we incurred to fund the redemption of our outstanding preferred stock as discussed above. It is important to note that while our Series AA Preferred Stock was outstanding we were paying a dividend on the stock, which was not a component of interest expense, while the additional $12.6 million in borrowings used to redeem the preferred stock has associated interest payments, and therefore was a component of interest expense during 2016.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is our largest source of operating revenue. Net interest income is affected by various factors including changes in interest rates and the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and maturities. Net interest income is determined by the interest rate spread (i.e., the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income increased $3.9 million, or 12.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase in interest income driven by our continued balance sheet growth, while controlling interest expense even with the sizable growth in deposits and borrowings.

 

Provision for Credit Losses

 

We establish a provision for credit losses, which is a charge to earnings, in order to maintain the allowance for credit losses at a level we consider adequate to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the balance sheet date. In determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, management considers past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and actual losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or economic conditions change. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as circumstances change or more information becomes available. The allowance for credit losses is assessed on at least a quarterly basis and provisions are made for credit losses as required in order to maintain the allowance.

 

Based on management’s evaluation of the above factors, we had a provision for credit losses of $2.0 million for 2016 compared to $1.8 million during 2015, an increase of $201 thousand or 11%. The increased provision for credit losses during 2016 resulted primarily from the 9% growth of our loan portfolio and also included the migration of acquired loans from previous years into our allowance for credit loss measurements. The provision for 2016 reflects general provisions on loans that are collectively evaluated given the continued growth in the size of our loan portfolio, as well as any specific provisions required on loans that are individually evaluated and deemed to be impaired. One of the Bank’s primary measures of asset quality is the ratio of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”) as a percentage of total assets. This asset quality measure at December 31, 2016 was 1.16% compared to 1.35% at December 31, 2015, and decreased primarily as a result of a decrease of $1.1 million in non-performing assets.

 

 38 

 

 

Management analyzes the allowance for credit losses as described in the section entitled “Allowance for Credit Losses.” The provision that is recorded is sufficient, in management’s judgment, to bring the allowance for credit losses to a level that reflects the losses inherent in our loan portfolio relative to loan mix, economic conditions and historical loss experience. Management believes, to the best of its knowledge, that all known losses as of the balance sheet dates have been recorded. However, although management uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the provisions for credit losses, additional provisions for credit losses may be required to be established in the future should economic or other conditions change substantially. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC will periodically review the allowance for credit losses. The Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Noninterest income was $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The primary reason for the increase in noninterest income is driven by our mortgage banking activity. As a result of the origination and subsequent sales of residential mortgage loans, realized and unrealized gains on the sale of loans produced approximately $8.1 million in noninterest revenues for 2016 compared to $7.0 million in 2015. Complementing the realized and unrealized gains on sale of mortgage loans was loan fee income derived from mortgage banking processing and underwriting as well as other portfolio loan fees. The loan fees realized in 2016 were $3.9 million compared to $2.9 million for 2015 given both the increase in the number of loans originated and a higher fee structure for 2016 versus 2015.

 

In addition, the Bank benefited from a $652 thousand gain on the sale of an acquired impaired loan during the second quarter of 2016, partially offset by a $120 thousand loss on residential loans sold in the fourth quarter of 2016 that were classified as held for investment. Howard Bancorp originally held stock in a small financial institution that we sold, resulting in a gain of $96 thousand in 2016. In the second quarter the Bank closed three branch locations, two of which were previously acquired in acquisitions. Related to these closings the Bank recorded a $70 thousand loss on the disposal of furniture and equipment. In the fourth quarter of 2016 the Bank recorded a loss of $14 thousand on the sale of one property that was held in other real estate owned (“OREO”) compared to a loss of $8 thousand in 2015. Net gain on sales of loans other than loans held for sale totaled $623 thousand in 2016; there were no sales of loans other than loans held for sale in 2015.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts, which consist of account activity fees such as overdraft fees and other traditional banking fees, decreased $79 thousand during 2016. This decrease was partially a result of lower overdraft fee income.

 

Further, earnings on bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased $215 thousand during 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of the Bank purchasing an additional $2.2 million in BOLI in January 2016 and the full year of earnings on the BOLI acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition.

 

Other operating income, which consists mainly of non-depository account fees such as wire, merchant card and ATM services, increased $116 thousand in 2016 compared to the same period of 2015 due to increased transaction volumes resulting from our larger customer base.

 

Noninterest Expenses

 

Controlling costs and maintaining operational efficiencies remains a primary focus for us. A key performance measure is the overall efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expenses by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. The efficiency ratio was 79.01% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared with 90.64% for the year ended December 31, 2015, which decrease was primarily the result of the 2015 figure including costs related to the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition. Noninterest expenses remained relatively stable, increasing $432 thousand, or 1.1%, to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. While the Patapsco Bancorp merger costs accounted for $4.3 million of 2015 expenses, the integration and operation of the acquired business was the primary driver of increased operating expenses for 2016. We have increased staffing in areas related to business development, customer service and infrastructure to ensure appropriate support levels, risk oversight, and information technology platforms to support our continued balance sheet growth and expanding geographic footprint.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses remain the largest component of noninterest expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses grew by $1.8 million or 10.7% for 2016 versus 2015. The increased compensation and benefit costs are attributed to a full year of operation with the branches and staff acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, compared to four months of 2015, signing incentives and onboarding costs related to our successfully attracting a sizable commercial loan origination team, as well as a higher level of expenses associated with our mortgage banking activities throughout 2016. We had 297 full time equivalent employees at December 31, 2016 compared to 257 at the end of 2015, representing an increase of 40 full time equivalent employees or 15.6%.

 

 39 

 

 

Occupancy and equipment related costs increased by $806 thousand during 2016 compared to 2015. The Bank reevaluated its retail branch network and late in the second quarter of 2016 closed three locations, as digital banking use continues to increase, and bank branch transaction levels at these locations were decreasing. In early 2016, we incurred approximately $500 thousand in costs to exit lease agreements related to the three closed locations, which increased occupancy costs for 2016 but will result in lower costs and more efficient delivery going forward. We plan to open our Columbia branch in Howard County, Maryland and relocate to a new Remington branch location in Baltimore City, Maryland during the third quarter of 2017. We expect the net increase of one branch location to have a moderate impact on occupancy and equipment going forward.

 

Continued growth initiatives and the implementation of new products continued to result in increases in many of our noninterest expenses during 2016. Cost increases related to this expansion year over year include: marketing and business development - $514 thousand; professional fees - $633 thousand; data processing - $370 thousand; and FDIC assessment - $327 thousand.

 

Loan production expense, which includes costs related to originating, closing and securitizing loans, including both loans placed in our portfolio and loans held for sale, increased $793 thousand to $3.0 million during 2016 as a result of the increased number of loans originated during 2016 compared to 2015.

 

We recorded a valuation write-down of $83 thousand on one OREO property in 2016 while in 2015 we had $736 thousand in similar write-downs related to three OREO properties.

 

Other operating expenses consist mainly of a variety of general expenses such as telephone and data lines, supplies and postage and courier services. In aggregate, these expenses decreased slightly, by $45 thousand, year over year. Supporting our expanding infrastructure increased insurance cost by $135 thousand, customer service expenses by $191 thousand and other operating expenses by $13 thousand. These increases were offset by decreases in other operating expenses resulting from our eliminating redundancies and controlling costs during 2016, which reduced materials and supplies by $169 thousand, postage by $48 thousand, phone and data lines by $8 thousand, bank security and armor carrier by $43 thousand and software licenses and maintenance by $56 thousand.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

Taking into consideration the above-stated changes in net interest income, the provision for credit losses, and our noninterest income and noninterest expense levels, pretax income increased by $6.1 million from $2.1 million in 2015 to $8.2 million in 2016.

 

Income tax expense amounted to $2.9 million for year ended December 31, 2016 and $973 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015, resulting in effective tax rates of 35.6% and 46.0%, respectively. The effective tax rate is influenced by sources of non-taxable income, such as the income from our BOLI program, and also by certain non-deductible expense items. Certain merger and acquisition costs are deemed not deductible for income tax purposes, which resulted in the high effective tax rate for 2015.

 

A comparison of the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is presented below.

 

General

 

Net income available to common shareholders decreased $9.3 million, to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in net income available to common shareholders was primarily due to a $16.1 million pretax bargain purchase gain associated with the NBRS acquisition recorded in 2014, while 2015 was impacted by $4.3 million in merger and restructuring expenses. Positively affecting 2015 versus 2014 net income were increases in net interest income totaling $9.3 million and increased revenues from mortgage banking activities (including gains on sale of loans and loan fee income) of $4.0 million. Offsetting these improvements was a $14.6 million increase in noninterest expenses. Included in noninterest expenses are merger and restructuring expenses that increased to $4.3 million in 2015 from $455 thousand in 2014.

 

Interest Income

 

Interest income increased $10.0 million, or 42.8%, to $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $23.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due almost entirely to a $9.8 million, or 42.4%, increase in interest income and fees on loans. The increase in interest income and fees was for the most part a result of an increase in interest income on loans, which was mainly due to a $200.0 million increase in average loans outstanding for 2015 versus 2014. Included is this average loan growth is a $24.0 million increase in the average balance of loans held for sale. The average yield on loans and leases increased to 4.97% from 4.92% year over year, while the average yield on loans held for sale decreased to 3.58% from 3.71% reflective of current residential loan market conditions. In addition, interest income earned on investment securities and other interest earning assets increased $207 thousand primarily as a result of growth in their average balances and an increase in the average yield on our investment securities.

 

 40 

 

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense increased $670 thousand, or 27.9%, to $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2.4 million during the prior year. Interest expense increased primarily due to an increase in the average balance of interest bearing funds from $399.3 million for 2014 to $547.9 million for 2015, representing a $148.6 million or 37.2% increase in the average balance of interest bearing funds. Interest expense benefitted in 2015 from a $45.5 million, or 43.2%, increase in the average balance of noninterest-bearing deposits, without which we would have had to rely on other sources of funding and interest expense would have been significantly higher. Partially mitigating the increase in interest expense due to the growth in the average balance of interest-bearing funds was a decrease in the overall cost of funds for 2015 versus 2014 of four basis points. In addition, interest expense increased $138 thousand as a result of an $11.5 million increase in the average balance of borrowings and a ten basis point increase in the average rate of short-term and long-term borrowings, which was 0.65% during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is our largest source of operating revenue. Net interest income is affected by various factors including changes in interest rates and the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and maturities. Net interest income is determined by the interest rate spread (i.e., the difference between the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income increased $9.3 million, or 44.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase in interest income driven by our continued balance sheet growth. As noted above, the increase in net interest income was primarily due to increased interest income of $10.0 million, or 42.8%, year over year, while interest expense increased less than $1 million, even with the sizable growth in deposits and borrowings.

 

Provision for Credit Losses

 

Based on management’s evaluation, we had a provision for credit losses of $1.8 million for 2015 compared to $3.3 million during 2014, a decrease of $1.43 million. The substantial provision for credit losses during the 2014 period resulted primarily from one large commercial customer that closed its business during the third quarter of 2014 and did not fulfill its commitments under existing contracts. The provision for the 2015 period reflects general provisions on loans that are collectively evaluated given the continued growth in the size of our loan portfolio, as well as any specific provisions required on loans that are individually evaluated and deemed to be impaired. One of the Bank’s primary measures of asset quality is the ratio of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”) as a percentage of total assets. This asset quality measure for 2015 was 1.35% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.97% at the end of 2014, primarily as a result of an increase of $6.1 million in non-performing loans.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Noninterest income was $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The primary reason for the decrease in noninterest income was the bargain purchase gain resulting from the NBRS acquisition totaling $16.1 million recorded in 2014. Excluding this one-time gain, noninterest income increased $4.8 million or 66.4% year over year. Our focus on building a mortgage banking platform commenced in 2014 and continued through 2015. Throughout 2015, our mortgage loan originations increased each quarter, with total loans originated with the intent to sell to secondary investors reaching nearly $600 million for 2015 compared to approximately $300 million in 2014. As a result of the origination and subsequent sales of residential mortgage loans in 2015, revenue derived from mortgage banking activities was $7.0 million for 2015 compared to $4.3 million in 2014. Complementing the gains on sale of mortgage loans was loan fee income derived from mortgage banking processing and underwriting as well as other portfolio loan fees. The loan fees realized in 2015 were $2.9 million compared to $1.6 million for 2014.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts, which consist of account activity fees such as overdraft fees and other traditional banking fees, increased $176 thousand or 29.5% during 2015. This increase was due mainly to a $100 thousand increase in overdraft or non-sufficient fees as well as a $37 thousand increase in account activity fees due to the growth in deposit accounts.

 

 41 

 

 

Noninterest income for 2014 was negatively impacted by a $228 thousand loss on the sale of investment securities. As a part of the acquisition of NBRS in the fourth quarter of 2014, we acquired their investment portfolio, and after a review of the composition of the acquired portfolio, it was determined that the longer term securities held exposed the Company to increased interest rate risk and were not a good fit with the legacy approach toward maintaining a shorter duration portfolio, and we liquidated the portfolio at a $228 thousand loss. Similarly in 2015, we evaluated the Patapsco Bancorp investment portfolio and chose to liquidate the entire portfolio but did not recognize a gain or loss on the sale of this portfolio in 2015 because we sold the securities we acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition within days of the closing of the transaction.

 

Other operating income, which consists mainly of non-depository account fees such as wire, merchant card and ATM services, increased $326 thousand in 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 due to our larger customer base.

 

Noninterest Expenses

 

Noninterest expenses increased $14.6 million, or 61.44%, to $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Throughout 2015, the Bank continued to expand into the greater Baltimore market, adding operational staff, facilities and equipment needed to support these initiatives and these growth-related costs are reflected in the overall increases in various categories of noninterest expense. Merger and restructuring costs associated with the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition as well as system integration costs relating to the late 2014 NBRS acquisition were $4.3 million in 2015 compared to $455 thousand in 2014. For the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, these costs represent legal and investment banking fees, as well as compensation costs for severance and other payments provided for in employment agreements between Patapsco Bank and its former executive officers. In addition to the Patapsco Bancorp-related costs, we also incurred data processing and conversion-related expenses as we integrated the former NBRS data platform into our systems in April 2015.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increases represent our investment in growth initiatives. As we have grown our balance sheet and geographic footprint, we have also increased our business development, customer service and infrastructure staffing to ensure appropriate support levels, risk oversight, information technology platforms, and human resources. Compensation and benefits expenses grew by $3.8 million or 28.0% for 2015 versus 2014. 2015 compensation and benefits reflect the full complement of mortgage banking personnel that generated nearly $600 million in mortgage loans for resale into the secondary market and revenues of $7.0 million and increases in staffing at new locations via acquisitions and support staff. We had 257 full time equivalent employees (FTE) at December 31, 2015 compared to 214 FTE at the end of 2014, representing an increase of 43 FTE or 20%.

 

Occupancy and equipment related costs increased by $1.4 million or 55.0% during 2015 compared to 2014, primarily as the result of the previously discussed expansion resulting from both organic and acquired growth. We have altered the mix of owned versus leased locations to better manage this expense component and will continue to evaluate facility and branch utilization, efficiencies and opportunities. We plan to open our Little Patuxent branch in Howard County, Maryland in the first quarter of 2017. Along with continued expansion, general increases in the operational and maintenance upkeep we expect to see these costs continue to moderately increase going forward.

 

Marketing and business development expenses increased to $2.9 million during 2015, representing an increase of $1.2 million or 71.0% from the prior year, in order to support sales and growth initiatives in conjunction with ongoing organic and acquisition growth activities. Approximately $1.6 million of the $2.9 million in marketing and business expenses during 2015 was incurred in connection with mortgage banking activities to generate the higher origination levels achieved.

 

We recorded a valuation write-down of $736 thousand in 2015 related to OREO properties that we currently hold. No such valuation adjustments were recorded in 2014.

 

Other operating expenses consists mainly of loan-related expenses (including collection costs associated with non-performing assets) and a variety of general expenses such as telephone and data lines, supplies and postage and courier services. In aggregate, these expenses increased $1.3 million year over year. Supporting our expanding infrastructure increased insurance cost $83 thousand, supplies $142 thousand, phone and data lines $66 thousand, bank security and armor carrier $48 thousand and software licenses and maintenance $480 thousand.

 

 42 

 

 

Nonperforming and Problem Assets

 

Management performs reviews of all delinquent loans and our loan officers contact customers to attempt to resolve potential credit issues in a timely manner. When in the best interests of Howard Bank and the customer, we will do a troubled debt restructuring with respect to a particular loan. When not possible, we seek to aggressively move loans through the legal and foreclosure process within applicable legal constraints.

 

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due and the value of the collateral securing the loan, if any, is less than the outstanding balance of the loan. Loans are also placed on non-accrual status if management has serious doubt about further collectability of principal or interest on the loan, even though the loan is currently performing. When loans are placed on a non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income, if any, is recognized only to the extent received. The loan may be returned to accrual status if the loan is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

 

The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming assets, which consist of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and OREO (which includes real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure), at the dates indicated

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 
Non-accrual loans:                         
Real estate loans:                         
Construction and land  $-   $-   $1,144   $-   $432 
Residential - first lien   491    693    719    331    442 
Residential - junior lien   37    63    57    -    - 
Commercial   1,584    1,148    -    258    384 
Commercial and leases   4,624    5,935    2,015    2,593    1,143 
Consumer   167    150    92    -    - 
Total non-accrual loans   6,903    7,989    4,027    3,182    2,401 
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans:                         
Real estate loans:                         
Construction and land   125    -    -    -    - 
Residential - first lien   294    301    -    -    - 
Commercial   2,073    2,073    226    -    - 
Commercial and leases   183    7    -    -    - 
Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans   2,675    2,381    226    -    - 
Total non-performing loans   9,578    10,370    4,253    3,182    2,401 
Other real estate owned:                         
Land   1,220    964    595    595    595 
Commercial   1,130    1,405    1,877    1,782    2,130 
Residential   -    -    -    -    178 
Total other real estate owned   2,350    2,369    2,472    2,377    2,903 
Total non-performing assets  $11,928   $12,739   $6,725   $5,559   $5,304 
Ratios:                         
Non-performing loans to total gross loans   1.17%   1.37%   0.77%   0.79%   0.75%
Non-performing assets to total assets   1.16%   1.35%   0.97%   1.11%   1.32%

 

Included in total non-accrual loans at December 31, 2016 shown above are four troubled debt restructured loans (“TDRs”) totaling $1.9 million that were not performing in accordance with their modified terms, and the accrual of interest has ceased. Two of these loans were added to the non-accruing TDRs in 2016, a residential real estate loan in the amount of $214 thousand and a commercial loan in the amount of $914 thousand. Further, there were four TDRs totaling $2.7 million performing subject to their modified terms at December 31, 2016, two of which were restructured as TDRs in 2016. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2016 totaled $3.0 million consisted of the following:

 

 43 

 

 

·One construction and land loan in the amount of $1 thousand.
·Three residential first lien loans totaling $298 thousand.
·Three commercial real estate loans totaling $2.7 million.
·One consumer loan in the amount of $1 thousand.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 if the non-accrual loans had been current and in accordance with their original terms was $317 thousand, $198 thousand and $126 thousand, respectively. No interest income was recorded on such loans during these periods.

 

Under GAAP we are required to account for certain loan modifications or restructurings as TDRs. In general, the modification or restructuring of a debt constitutes a TDR if Howard Bank, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession, such as a reduction in the effective interest rate, to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider. However, all debt restructurings or loan modifications for a borrower do not necessarily constitute troubled debt restructurings.

 

Nonperforming assets amounted to $11.9 million or 1.16% of total assets at December 31, 2016 compared to $12.7 million or 1.35% of total assets at December 31, 2015 and $6.7 million or 0.97% of total assets at December 31, 2014. Total nonperforming assets decreased $811 thousand during 2016 due to a $792 thousand decrease in non-accrual loans and a decrease in OREO of $19 thousand.

 

The composition of our nonperforming loans is further described below:

 

Non-Accrual Loans:

·Three residential first lien loans totaling $491 thousand, one with a specific reserve totaling $7 thousand.
·Four residential junior lien loans totaling $37 thousand.
·Two commercial owner occupied loans totaling $509 thousand.
·Six commercial non-owner occupied loans totaling $1.1 million, four of which represent one relationship.
·28 commercial loans totaling $4.6 million, seven with a Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guarantee and nine that include a specific reserve totaling $2.1 million.
·Two consumer loans totaling $167 thousand with aggregate specific reserves of $72 thousand.

 

Accruing Troubled Debt Restructured Loans:

·One construction and land loan in the amount of $125 thousand.
·One residential real estate loan in the amount of $294 thousand.
·One non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan in the amount of $2.1 million.
·One commercial loan in the amount of $183 thousand.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate we acquire as a result of foreclosure is classified as OREO. When a property is acquired it is recorded at fair value less the anticipated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure. If there is a subsequent decline in the value of real estate owned, we provide an additional allowance to reduce real estate acquired through foreclosure to its fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs relating to holding such real estate are charged against income in the current period while costs relating to improving such real estate are capitalized until a saleable condition is reached up to the property’s net realizable value, then such costs would be charged against income in the current period.

 

OREO at December 31, 2016 consisted of:

 

·One office condominium in Prince George’s County, Maryland
·Several parcels of unimproved land in Baltimore County, Maryland
·One commercial building in Carroll County, Maryland
·One commercial building in Sussex County, Delaware
·Several lots of non-residential property in Anne Arundel County, Maryland.

 

We had OREO of $2.4 million at December 31, 2016, $2.4 million at December 31, 2015 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2014. Cost relating to OREO recorded in noninterest expenses were $94 thousand, $75 thousand and $59 thousand for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 44 

 

 

Classification of Loans

 

Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as Substandard, Doubtful, or Loss assets. An asset is considered Substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as Doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable or improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as Loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are required to be designated as Special Mention.

 

We maintain an allowance for credit losses at an amount estimated to equal all credit losses incurred in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at a balance sheet date. Our determination as to the classification of our assets is subject to review by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified loans and criticized loans (classified loans and loans designated as Special Mention) at the dates indicated.

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
Classified loans:               
Substandard  $3,734   $3,009   $7,037 
Doubtful   6,903    6,496    966 
Total classified loans   10,637    9,505    8,003 
Special mention   524    614    - 
Total criticized loans  $11,161   $10,119   $8,003 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

We provide for credit losses based upon the consistent application of our documented allowance for credit loss methodology. All credit losses are charged to the allowance for credit losses and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for credit losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. We regularly review the loan portfolio and make provisions for credit losses in order to maintain the allowance for credit losses in accordance with GAAP. The allowance for credit losses consists primarily of two components:

 

1)Specific allowances are established for loans classified as Substandard or Doubtful. For loans classified as impaired, the allowance is established when the net realizable value (collateral value less costs to sell) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying amount of the loan. The amount of impairment provided for as a specific allowance is represented by the deficiency, if any, between the underlying collateral value and the carrying value of the loan. Impaired loans for which the estimated fair value of the loan, or the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the underlying collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, exceeds the carrying value of the loan are not considered in establishing specific allowances for credit losses; and

 

2)General allowances established for credit losses on a portfolio basis for loans that do not meet the definition of impaired loans. The portfolio is grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type and regulatory classification. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based upon our loss experience adjusted, as appropriate, for the qualitative factors discussed below. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions.

 

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level to provide for losses that are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on Howard Bank’s past credit loss experience, known and inherent losses in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans.

 

 45 

 

 

A loan is considered past due or delinquent when a contractual payment is not paid on the day it is due. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Howard Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The impairment of a loan may be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if repayment is expected to be provided by the collateral. Generally, Howard Bank’s impairment on such loans is measured by reference to the fair value of the collateral. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized on the cash basis.

 

Our loan policies state that after all collection efforts have been exhausted, and the loan is deemed to be a loss, then the remaining loan balance will be charged to the established allowance for credit losses. All loans are evaluated for loss potential once it has been determined by the Watch Committee that the likelihood of repayment is in doubt. When a loan is past due for at least 90 days or a deterioration in debt service coverage ratio, guarantor liquidity, or loan-to-value ratio has occurred that would cause concern regarding the likelihood of the full repayment of principal and interest, and the loan is deemed not to be well secured, the loan should be moved to non-accrual status and a specific reserve is established if the net realizable value is less than the principal value of the loan balance(s). Once the actual loss value has been determined a charge-off against the allowance for credit losses for the amount of the loss is taken. Each loss is evaluated on its specific facts regarding the appropriate timing to recognize the loss.

 

The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several qualitative factors, including:

 

·changes in lending policies, procedures, practices or personnel;
·changes in the level and composition of construction portfolio and related risks;
·changes and migration of classified assets;
·changes in exposure to subordinate collateral lien positions;
·levels and composition of existing guarantees on loans by SBA or other agencies;
·changes in national, state and local economic trends and business conditions;
·changes and trends in levels of loan payment delinquencies; and
·any other factors that management considers relevant to the quality or performance of the loan portfolio.

 

We evaluate the allowance for credit losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for credit loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the increase. Generally when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for credit loss methodology results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.

 

Commercial and commercial real estate loans generally have greater credit risks compared to the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related business and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy. Actual credit losses may be significantly more than the allowance for credit losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.

 

Generally, we underwrite commercial loans based on cash flow and business history and receive personal guarantees from the borrowers where appropriate. We generally underwrite commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans at a loan-to-value ratio of 85% or less at origination. Accordingly, in the event that a loan becomes past due and, randomly with respect to performing loans, we will conduct visual inspections of collateral properties and/or review publicly available information, such as online databases, to ascertain property values. We will also obtain formal appraisals on a regular basis even if we are not considering liquidation of the property to repay a loan. It is our practice to obtain updated appraisals if there is a material change in market conditions or if we become aware of new or additional facts that indicate a potential material reduction in the value of any individual property collateral.

 

For impaired loans, we utilize the appraised value in determining the appropriate specific allowance for credit losses attributable to a loan. In addition, changes in the appraised value of multiple properties securing our loans may result in an increase or decrease in our general allowance for credit losses as an adjustment to our historical loss experience due to qualitative and environmental factors, as described above.

 

 46 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, nonperforming loans amounted to $9.6 million and $10.4 million, respectively. The amount of nonperforming loans requiring specific reserves totaled $3.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and the amount of nonperforming loans with no specific valuation allowance totaled $5.8 million and $9.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

Nonperforming loans are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired on a case by case basis, at the lower of cost or market value. Market value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing the loan. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on an appraisal by qualified licensed appraisers hired by us. Appraised values may be discounted based on management’s historical experience, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. The difference between the appraised value and the principal balance of the loan will determine the specific allowance valuation required for the loan, if any. Nonperforming loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

 

We evaluate the loan portfolio on at least a quarterly basis, more frequently if conditions warrant, and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC will periodically review the allowance for credit losses. The Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation and the FDIC may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for credit losses for the twelve months ended:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 
Balance at beginning of year  $4,869   $3,602   $2,506   $2,764   $3,433 
Charge-offs:                         
Real estate                         
Construction and land loans   (216)   -    -    -    - 
Residential first lien loans   -    (23)   -    (183)   (79)
Residential junior lien loans   -    (12)   -    -    (44)
Commercial owner occupied loans   (191)   -    -    -    - 
Commercial non-owner occupied loans   -    (82)   (160)   (375)   (268)
Commercial loans and leases   (234)   (825)   (2,054)   (759)   (1,129)
Consumer loans   (20)   (5)   (5)   -    (15)
    (661)   (947)   (2,219)   (1,317)   (1,535)
Recoveries:                         
Real estate                         
Construction and land loans   -    -    -    -    - 
Residential first lien loans   -    3    1    -    - 
Residential junior lien loans   -    1    -    -    - 
Commercial owner occupied loans   40    -    -    -    - 
Commercial non-owner occupied loans   5    318    4    29    63 
Commercial loans and leases   101    52    55    80    80 
Consumer loans   37    4    -    -    5 
    183    378    60    109    148 
Net charge-offs   (478)   (569)   (2,159)   (1,208)   (1,387)
Provision for credit losses   2,037    1,836    3,255    950    718 
Balance at end of year  $6,428   $4,869   $3,602   $2,506   $2,764 
                          
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases   0.06%   0.09%   0.48%   0.34%   0.48%

 

 47 

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The following tables set forth the allowance for credit losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for credit losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Percent 1   Amount   Percent 1   Amount   Percent 1   Amount   Percent 1   Amount   Percent 1 
Real estate                                                  
Construction and land loans  $511    8.9%  $265    9.1%  $174    11.6%  $122    12.6%  $127    11.8%
Residential first lien loans   454    23.7    300    24.1    272    16.0    200    9.7    204    9.2 
Residential junior lien loans   89    4.3    47    3.6    55    3.5    34    2.0    22    2.5 
Commercial owner occupied loans   327    16.3    309    17.3    160    20.4    131    22.4    650    19.0 
Commercial non-owner occupied loans   1,120    26.4    728    23.9    562    22.4    541    28.1    505    29.8 
Commercial loans and leases   3,800    19.8    3,094    21.5    2,366    25.2    1,464    24.9    1,227    27.3 
Consumer loans   127    0.6    126    0.6    13    0.9    14    0.3    29    0.4 
Total  $6,428    100.0%  $4,869    100.0%  $3,602    100.0%  $2,506    100.0%  $2,764    100.0%

 

(1)Represents the percent of loans in each category to total loans

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, advances from the FHLB, principal repayments and the sale of securities available for sale. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Asset/Liability Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of:

 

·Expected loan demand;
·Expected deposit flows and borrowing maturities;
·Yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and
·The objectives of our asset/liability management program.

 

Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short-term securities.

 

The most liquid of all assets are cash and cash equivalents. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, cash and cash equivalents totaled $39.4 million and $38.3 million, respectively. The increase for 2016 primarily resulted from growth in our deposits and other funding sources. We used cash and cash equivalents to provide additional funds needed to fund these assets.

 

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our statements of cash flows included in our financial statements.

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had $127.1 million and $167.7 million, respectively, in loan commitments outstanding, including commitments issued to originate loans of $46.2 million and $95.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $80.9 million and $72.7 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition to commitments to originate loans and unused lines of credit we had $9.7 million and $7.8 million in letters of credit at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Certificates of deposit due within one year totaled $178.3 million, or 22.0% of total deposits, and $157.2 million, or $21.0% of total deposits, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. If we do not retain these deposits, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including loan and securities sales, and FHLB advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on our deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2016. We believe, however, based on historical experience and current market interest rates that we will retain upon maturity a large portion of our certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less as of December 31, 2016.

 

 48 

 

 

Our primary investing activity is originating loans. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, cash used to fund net loan growth was $65.3 million and $50.7 million, respectively. During these periods, we purchased $85.0 million and $42.8 million of securities, respectively, and invested $19.5 million in interest bearing deposits with banks in 2016. Additionally, in 2016 and 2015 we purchased an additional $2.2 million and $1.8 million of BOLI, respectively.

 

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and FHLB advances. We experienced a net increase in cash provided from deposits of $61.3 million and $18.0 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLB, which provide an additional source of funds. FHLB advances increased to $100.0 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $78.5 million at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow up to a total of $232.4 million based upon our credit availability at the FHLB, subject to collateral requirements.

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See— “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Howard Bank—Capital Requirements” and the Notes to our Financial Statements.

 

Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our customers. These financial instruments are limited to commitments to originate loans and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. These do not represent unusual risks, and management does not anticipate any losses that would have a material effect on us.

 

Outstanding loan commitments and lines of credit at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
         
Unfunded loan commitments  $46,194   $95,009 
Unused lines of credit   80,876    72,664 
Letters of credit   9,660    7,848 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. We generally require collateral to support financial instruments with credit risk on the same basis as we do for balance sheet instruments. Management generally bases the collateral required on the credit evaluation of the counterparty. Commitments generally have interest rates at current market rates, expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Available credit lines represent the unused portion of lines of credit previously extended and available to the customer so long as there is no violation of any contractual condition. These lines generally have variable interest rates. Since we expect many of the commitments to expire without being drawn upon, and since it is unlikely that all customers will draw upon their lines of credit in full at any one time, the total commitment amount or line of credit amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. Because we conservatively underwrite these facilities at inception, we have not had to withdraw any commitments. We are not aware of any loss that we would incur by funding our commitments, lines of credit or letters of credit.

 

The credit risk involved in these financial instruments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. No amount has been recognized in the statement of financial condition at December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014 as a liability for credit loss related to these commitments.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

Our financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. U.S. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.

 

 49 

 

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Not applicable.

 

 

Part II

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

Howard Bancorp, Inc.

Ellicott City, Maryland

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Howard Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

March 16, 2017

  

 50 

 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Howard Bancorp, Inc.

Ellicott City, Maryland

 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Howard Bancorp, Inc., (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Howard Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Stegman & Company

 

Baltimore, Maryland

March 29, 2016

  

 

 

Suite 200, 809 Glen Eagles Court      Baltimore, Maryland 21286 · 410-823-8000 · 1-800-686-3883 · Fax: 410-296-4815 · www.stegman.com

Members of    

  

 51 

 

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands, except share data)  2016   2015 
ASSETS          
Cash and due from banks  $29,675   $31,818 
Federal funds sold   9,691    6,522 
Total cash and cash equivalents   39,366    38,340 
Interest bearing deposits with banks   19,513    - 
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   38,728    49,573 
Investments held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   6,250    3,000 
Nonmarketable equity securities   5,103    4,163 
Loans held for sale, at fair value   51,054    49,677 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income   821,524    757,002 
Allowance for credit losses   (6,428)   (4,869)
Net loans and leases   815,096    752,133 
Bank premises and equipment, net   20,080    20,765 
Goodwill   603    603 
Core deposit intangible   2,248    2,903 
Bank owned life insurance   21,371    18,548 
Other real estate owned   2,350    2,369 
Interest receivable and other assets   5,195    4,685 
Total assets  $1,026,957   $946,759 
LIABILITIES          
Noninterest-bearing deposits  $182,880   $173,689 
Interest-bearing deposits   625,854    573,719 
Total deposits   808,734    747,408 
Short-term borrowings   107,056    69,121 
Long-term borrowings   20,517    29,707 
Deferred tax liability   360    1,667 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   4,500    5,957 
Total liabilities   941,167    853,860 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES          
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY          
Preferred stock—par value $0.01
(liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) authorized 5,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 12,562 series AA at December 31, 2015
   -    12,562 
Common stock - par value of $0.01 authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,991,072 shares at December 31, 2016 and 6,962,139 at December 31, 2015   70    70 
Capital surplus   71,021    70,587 
Retained earnings   14,849    9,712 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (150)   (32)
Total shareholders’ equity   85,790    92,899 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  $1,026,957   $946,759 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 52 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands, except share data)  2016   2015   2014 
INTEREST INCOME               
Interest and fees on loans and leases  $37,865   $32,837   $23,056 
Interest and dividends on securities   691    449    250 
Other interest income   185    63    54 
Total interest income   38,741    33,349    23,360 
INTEREST EXPENSE               
Deposits   3,470    2,611    2,079 
Short-term borrowings   595    154    106 
Long-term borrowings   497    307    217 
Total interest expense   4,562    3,072    2,402 
NET INTEREST INCOME   34,179    30,277    20,958 
Provision for credit losses   2,037    1,836    3,255 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses   32,142    28,441    17,703 
NONINTEREST INCOME               
Service charges on deposit accounts   694    773    597 
Realized and unrealized gains on mortgage banking activity   8,098    6,971    4,341 
Bargain purchase gain   -    -    16,090 
Gain (loss) on the sale of securities   96    -    (228)
Loss on the sale of other real estate owned   (14)   (8)   - 
Gain on the sale of loans   532    -    - 
Loss on the disposal of furniture, fixtures & equipment   (70)   -    - 
Income from bank owned life insurance   623    408    377 
Loan fee income   3,903    2,979    1,601 
Other operating income   920    804    478 
Total noninterest income   14,782    11,927    23,256 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE               
Compensation and benefits   19,034    17,196    13,434 
Occupancy and equipment   4,622    3,816    2,462 
Amortization of core deposit intangible   655    462    111 
Marketing and business development   3,375    2,861    1,674 
Professional fees   2,111    1,478    1,046 
Data processing fees   1,723    1,353    866 
Merger and restructuring   -    4,344    455 
FDIC Assessment   780    453    442 
Provision for other real estate owned   83    736    - 
Loan production expense   3,016    2,223    1,170 
Other operating expense   3,286    3,331    2,034 
Total noninterest expense   38,685    38,253    23,694 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES   8,239    2,115    17,265 
Income tax expense   2,936    973    6,853 
NET INCOME  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Preferred stock dividends   166    126    126 
Net income available to common shareholders  $5,137   $1,016   $10,286 
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE               
Basic  $0.74   $0.16   $2.53 
Diluted  $0.73   $0.16   $2.48 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 53 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
Net Income  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Other comprehensive income               
Investments available-for-sale:               
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses   (96)   -    228 
Related income tax benefit (expense)   38    -    (90)
Unrealized holding losses   (90)   (22)   (262)
Related income tax benefit   30    6    104 
Comprehensive income  $5,185   $1,126   $10,392 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

                   Retained   Accumulated     
                   Earnings /   other     
   Preferred   Number of   Common   Capital   (Accumulated   comprehensive     
(dollars in thousands, except share data)  stock   shares   stock   surplus   deficit)   income/(loss)       Total     
                             
Balances at January 1, 2014  $12,562    4,095,650   $41   $37,607   $(1,590)  $4   $48,624 
Net income   -    -    -    -    10,412    -    10,412 
Net unrealized loss on securities   -    -    -    -    -    (20)   (20)
Dividends paid on preferred stock   -    -    -    -    (126)   -    (126)
Forfeited  restricted shares   -    (6,668)   -    (34)   -    -    (34)
Issuance of common stock:                                   
Director stock awards   -    5,358    -    54    -    -    54 
Exercise of options and warrants   -    51,207    -    507    -    -    507 
Stock-based compensation   -    -    -    226    -    -    226 
Balances at December 31, 2014   12,562    4,145,547    41    38,360    8,696    (16)   59,643 
Net income   -    -    -    -    1,142    -    1,142 
Net unrealized loss on securities   -    -    -    -    -    (16)   (16)
Dividends paid on preferred stock   -    -    -    -    (126)   -    (126)
Forfeited  restricted shares   -    (6,664)   -    (34)   -    -    (34)
Issuance of common stock:                                   
Stock offering   -    2,173,913    22    23,096    -    -    23,118 
Director stock awards   -    7,163    -    95    -    -    95 
Exercise of options   -    62,287    1    652    -    -    653 
Acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp   -    560,891    6    8,043              8,049 
Stock-based compensation   -    19,002    -    375    -    -    375 
Balances at December 31, 2015   12,562    6,962,139    70    70,587    9,712    (32)   92,899 
Net income   -    -    -    -    5,303    -    5,303 
Net unrealized loss on securities   -    -    -    -    -    (118)   (118)
Dividends paid on preferred stock   -    -    -    -    (166)   -    (166)
Redemption of preferred stock   (12,562)   -    -    -    -    -    (12,562)
Issuance of common stock:                                   
Director stock awards   -    7,241    -    160    -    -    160 
Exercise of options   -    3,020    -    35    -    -    35 
Stock-based compensation   -    18,672    -    239    -    -    239 
Balances at December 31, 2016  $-    6,991,072   $70   $71,021   $14,849   $(150)  $85,790 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 54 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:               
Net income  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:               
Provision for credit losses   2,037    1,836    3,255 
Deferred income (benefit) tax   (1,229)   (3,019)   5,825 
Provision for other real estate owned   83    736    - 
Depreciation   1,241    1,008    734 
Stock-based compensation   399    436    246 
Net (amortization) accretion of investment securities   (3)   (13)   7 
Net amortization of discount on purchased loans   (714)   (1,633)   (231)
Bargain purchase gain   -    -    (16,090)
(Gain) loss on sales of securities   (96)   -    228 
Loss on disposal of furniture, fixtures & equipment   70    -    - 
Net amortization of intangible asset   655    462    111 
Loans originated for sale   (599,299)   (591,422)   (309,404)
Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale   606,020    591,597    274,162 
Realized and unrealized gains on mortgage banking activity   (8,098)   (6,971)   (4,341)
Loss on sales of other real estate owned, net   14    8    - 
Cash surrender value of BOLI   (623)   (408)   (377)
Increase in interest receivable   (649)   (356)   (542)
Increase in interest payable   5    90    56 
(Increase) decrease in other assets   (817)   (368)   159 
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities   (1,460)   (2,190)   4,447 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   2,839    (9,065)   (31,343)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:               
Interest bearing deposits with banks   (19,513)   -    - 
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale   (84,969)   (42,880)   (26,544)
Purchases of investment securities held-to-maturity   (3,250)   (3,000)   - 
Proceeds from sale/maturities of investment securities available-for-sale   95,731    61,043    48,810 
Net increase in loans and leases outstanding   (64,542)   (49,116)   (48,534)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance   (2,200)   (1,800)   - 
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned   178    12    - 
Purchase of premises and equipment   (627)   (5,273)   (2,010)
Acquisition activity, net of cash received   -    8,884    39,922 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities   (79,192)   (32,130)   11,644 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:               
Net increase in deposits   61,327    17,966    2,128 
Net increase in short-term borrowings   37,935    15,493    2,971 
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt   2,810    6,914    12,000 
Repayment of long-term debt   (12,000)   (9,000)   (9,000)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of cost   35    23,771    507 
Redemption of preferred stock   (12,562)   -    - 
Cash dividends on preferred stock   (166)   (126)   (126)
Net cash provided by financing activities   77,379    55,018    8,480 
                
Net  increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   1,026    13,823    (11,219)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   38,340    24,517    35,736 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  $39,366   $38,340   $24,517 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION               
Cash payments for interest  $4,557   $2,982   $2,345 
Cash payments for income taxes   3,145    2,890    495 
Transferred from loans to other real estate owned   256    625    95 
Assets acquired in business combination (net of cash received)   -    194,828    122,922 
Liabilities assumed in business combination   -    204,414    143,990 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 55 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Nature of Operations

 

On December 15, 2005, Howard Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) acquired all of the stock and became the holding company of Howard Bank (the “Bank”) pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization approved by the shareholders of the Bank and by federal and state regulatory agencies. Each share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into two shares of Bancorp common stock effected by the filing of Articles of Exchange on that date, and the shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of Bancorp. The Bank has four subsidiaries, three of which hold foreclosed real estate and the other owns and manages real estate that is used as a branch location and has office and retail space. The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly-owned subsidiary bank (collectively the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

Bancorp was incorporated in April of 2005 under the laws of the State of Maryland and is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. Bancorp is a single bank holding company with one subsidiary, Howard Bank, which operates as a state trust company with commercial banking powers regulated by the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation (the “Commissioner”).

 

On August 28, 2015, Bancorp completed its acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp, Inc. (“Patapsco Bancorp”), the parent company of The Patapsco Bank, through the merger of Patapsco Bancorp with and into Bancorp pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 2, 2015, as amended, by and between Bancorp and Patapsco Bancorp (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the merger, each share of common stock of Patapsco Bancorp was converted into the right to receive, at the holder’s election, $5.09 in cash or 0.3547 shares of Bancorp common stock, provided that (i) cash was paid in lieu of any fractional shares of Bancorp common stock and (ii) 20% of the shares of common stock of Patapsco Bancorp outstanding at the time of the merger were exchanged for cash in the merger, with the remaining shares of Patapsco Bancorp common stock exchanged for 560,891 shares of Bancorp common stock. The aggregate merger consideration was $10.064 million. In connection with the merger, immediately thereafter The Patapsco Bank was merged with and into the Bank, with the Bank the surviving bank.

 

On May 6, 2016, Bancorp redeemed all of the 12,562 shares of the Series AA Preferred Stock that it had previously issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) under its Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program. The aggregate redemption price of the Series AA Preferred Stock was approximately $12.7 million, including dividends accrued but unpaid through the redemption date. The redemption of the Series AA Preferred Stock was funded with variable rate debt with Raymond James Bank, N.A. This debt matured one year from commencement, with interest only payments based upon 30 day LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

 

The Company is a diversified financial services company providing commercial banking, mortgage banking and consumer finance through banking branches, the internet and other distribution channels to businesses, business owners, professionals and other consumers located primarily in the Greater Baltimore Metropolitan Area.

 

The following is a description of the Company’s significant accounting policies.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp, its subsidiary bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The parent company only financial statements report investments in the subsidiary bank under the equity method.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and the fair value of loans held for sale.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company has one reportable segment, “Community Banking.” All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, lending is dependent upon the ability of the Bank to fund itself with deposits and other borrowings and manage interest rate and credit risk. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one segment or unit.

 

 56 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, cash items in the process of clearing, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits with banks with original maturities of less than 90 days. Generally, federal funds are sold as overnight investments.

 

Investment Securities

 

Marketable equity securities and debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale. Investments held-to-maturity represents securities that the Company has both intent and ability to hold until maturity. Securities available-for-sale are acquired as part of the Bank's asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, loan demand, changes in prepayment risk and other factors. Securities available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains or losses based on the difference between amortized cost and fair value reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred taxes, a separate component of shareholders’ equity, when appropriate. Realized gains and losses, using the specific identification method, are included as a separate component of noninterest income. Related interest and dividends are included in interest income. Held-to-maturity investments premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income using the effective interest method. Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their amortized cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. Factors affecting the determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include a downgrading of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, or that management would not have the intent and ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or that management would be required to sell the security before recovery in fair value.

 

Nonmarketable Equity Securities

 

Nonmarketable equity securities include equity securities that are not publicly traded or are held to meet regulatory requirements such as Federal Home Loan Bank stock. These securities are accounted for at cost. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 none of the non-marketable equity securities were considered impaired.

 

Loans Held-For-Sale

 

The Company engages in sales of residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank. The Company elected to measure loans held for sale at fair value. Fair value is based on outstanding investor commitments or, in the absence of such commitments, on current investor yield requirements based on third party models. Gains and losses on sales of these loans are recorded as a component of noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s current practice is to sell residential mortgage loans on a servicing released basis, and, therefore, it has no intangible asset recorded for the value of such servicing. Interest on loans held for sale is credited to income based on the principal amounts outstanding.

 

Upon sale and delivery, loans are legally isolated from the Company and the Company has no ability to restrict or constrain the ability of third party investors to pledge or exchange the mortgage loans. The Company does not have the entitlement or ability to repurchase the mortgage loans or unilaterally cause third party investors to put the mortgage loans back to the Company. Unrealized and realized gains on loan sales are determined using the specific identification method and are recognized through mortgage banking activity in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

The Company enters into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e. rate lock commitment). Such rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 60 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at a premium at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan.

 

For purposes of calculating fair value of rate lock commitments, the Bank estimates loan closing and investor delivery rate based on historical experience. The measurement of the estimated fair value of the rate lock commitments is presented as realized and unrealized gains from mortgage banking activities with the corresponding balance sheet amount presented as part of other assets.

 

 57 

 

 

The Company elected to measure loans held for sale at fair value to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans on the Company’s balance sheet. Loans held for sale that were not ultimately sold, but instead were placed into the Bank’s portfolio, are reclassified to loans held for investment and continue to be recorded at fair value.

 

Loans and Leases

 

Loans are stated at their principal balance outstanding, plus deferred origination costs, less unearned discounts and deferred origination fees. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal amounts outstanding. Origination fees and costs are amortized to income over the contractual life of the related loans. Generally, accrual of interest on a loan is discontinued when the loan is delinquent more than 90 days unless the collateral securing the loan is sufficient to liquidate the loan. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. Interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Management considers loans impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to contractual terms. Loans are tested for impairment no later than when principal or interest payments become 90 days or more past due and they are placed on non-accrual. Management also considers the financial condition of the borrower, cash flows of the loan and the value of the related collateral. Impaired loans do not include large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as residential real estate and consumer installment loans which are evaluated collectively for impairment. Loans specifically reviewed for impairment are not considered impaired during periods of “minimal delay” in payment (90 days or less) provided eventual collection of all amounts due is expected. The impairment of a loan may be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if repayment is expected to be provided by the collateral. Generally, the Company’s impairment on such loans is measured by reference to the fair value of the collateral. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized on the cash basis.

 

The segments of the Company’s loan portfolio are disaggregated to a level that allows management to monitor risk and performance. The commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes; owner occupied loans and non-owner occupied loans. Non-owner occupied CRE loans, which include loans secured by non-owner occupied nonfarm nonresidential properties, generally have a greater risk profile than owner occupied CRE loans. The residential mortgage loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes: first lien mortgages and second or junior lien mortgages.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of individual problem loans, actual loss experience, current economic events in specific industries and geographic areas including unemployment levels and other pertinent factors including general economic conditions. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience and consideration of economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Credit losses are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary.

 

The allowance for credit losses consists of a specific component and a nonspecific component. The components of the allowance for credit losses represent an estimation done pursuant to either the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450 Contingencies or ASC Topic 310 Receivables. The specific component of the allowance for credit losses reflects expected losses resulting from analysis developed through credit allocations for individual loans. The credit allocations are based on a regular analysis of all loans over a fixed-dollar amount where the internal credit rating is at or below a predetermined classification. The specific component of the allowance for credit losses also includes management’s determination of the amounts necessary given concentrations and changes in portfolio mix and volume.

 

The nonspecific portion of the allowance is determined based on management’s assessment of general economic conditions, as well as economic factors in the individual markets in which the Company operates including the strength and timing of economic cycles and concerns over the effects of a prolonged economic downturn in the current cycle. This determination inherently involves a higher risk of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in the Bank’s historical loss factors used to determine the nonspecific component of the allowance, and it recognizes knowledge of the portfolio may be incomplete. The Bank’s historic loss factors are based upon actual losses incurred by portfolio segment over the preceding 24-month period. In portfolio segments where no actual losses have been incurred within the most recent 24-month period, industry loss data for that portfolio segment, as provided by the FDIC, are utilized. In addition to historic loss factors, the Bank’s methodology for the allowance for credit losses also incorporates other risk factors that may be inherent within the portfolio segments. For each portfolio segment, in addition to the historic loss experience, the other factors that are measured and monitored in the overall determination of the allowance include:

 

 58 

 

 

·changes in lending policies, procedures, practices or personnel;
·changes in the level and composition of construction portfolio and related risks;
·changes and migration of classified assets;
·changes in exposure to subordinate collateral lien positions;
·levels and composition of existing guarantees on loans by SBA or other agencies;
·changes in national, state and local economic trends and business conditions;
·changes and trends in levels of loan payment delinquencies; and
·any other factors that management considers relevant to the quality or performance of the loan portfolio.

 

Each of these qualitative risk factors is measured based upon data generated either internally, or in the case of economic conditions utilizing independently provided data on items such as unemployment rates, commercial real estate vacancy rates, or other market data deemed relevant to the business conditions within the markets served.

 

The Company’s loan policies state that after all collection efforts have been exhausted, and the loan is deemed to be a loss, then the remaining loan balance will be charged to the Company’s established allowance for credit losses. All loans are evaluated for loss potential once it has been determined by the Watch Committee that the likelihood of repayment is in doubt. When a loan is past due for at least 90 days or a deterioration in debt service coverage ratio, guarantor liquidity, or loan-to-value ratio has occurred that would cause concern regarding the likelihood of the full repayment of principal and interest, and the loan is deemed not to be well secured, the loan should be moved to non-accrual status and a specific reserve is established if the net realizable value is less than the principal value of the loan balance(s). Once the actual loss value has been determined a charge-off against the allowance for credit losses for the amount of the loss is taken. Each loss is evaluated on its specific facts regarding the appropriate timing to recognize the loss.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The core deposit intangible is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the acquired long-term deposits acquired, and the remaining amounts of the core deposit intangible are periodically reviewed for reasonableness. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment analysis is performed annually as of October 31st each year.

 

Management has determined that Bancorp has one reporting unit, and based upon the annual impairment analysis, it was determined that there was not an impairment of the carrying value of either the goodwill or core deposit intangible for 2016.

 

Business Combinations

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires that the acquisition method of accounting, formerly referred to as the purchase method, be used for all business combinations and that an acquirer be identified for each business combination. Under U.S. GAAP, the acquirer is the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, and the acquisition date is the date the acquirer achieves control. U.S. GAAP requires that the acquirer recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity at the acquisition date.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of acquisition, establishing a new cost basis. Revenues and expenses from operations are included in noninterest income. Additions to the valuation allowance are included in noninterest expense. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and an allowance for losses is established, if necessary, by a charge to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds its estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

 59 

 

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed using the straight-line method. Premises and equipment are depreciated over the useful lives of the assets, which generally range from 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and 3 to 5 years for computer software and hardware. Bank owned premises are depreciated over a range of 20 to 30 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The costs of major renewals and betterments are capitalized, while the costs of ordinary maintenance and repairs are included in noninterest expense.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities (i.e., temporary differences) and are measured at the enacted rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse.

 

As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. In addition, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material, and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on income taxes in other non-interest expenses. The Company remains subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities for income tax returns for the years ending after December 31, 2013.

 

Net Income Per Common Share

 

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year including any potential dilutive effects of common stock equivalents, such as options and warrants.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Compensation cost is recognized for stock options issued to directors and employees. Compensation cost is measured as the fair value of these awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period for stock option awards. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. When an award is granted to an employee who is retirement eligible, the compensation cost of these awards is recognized over the period up to when the director or employee first becomes eligible to retire.

 

Compensation expense for non-vested common stock awards is based on the fair value of the awards, which is generally the market price of the common stock on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of grant, and is recognized ratably over the service period of the award.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet when they are funded.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. The Company’s sole component of accumulated other comprehensive income/loss is unrealized gains/losses on available for sale securities.

 

 60 

 

 

Transfer of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. In certain cases, the recourse to the Bank to repurchase assets may exist but is deemed immaterial based on the specific facts and circumstances.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications to 2015 and 2014 financial presentation were made to conform to the 2016 presentation. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported net income or total shareholders’ equity.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.  The amendments in this Update simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill, by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The Company should perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Impairment changes should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The impairment charge is limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the guidance in this update but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the financial position, result of operations.

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The amendments in this Update provides clarification on the definition of a business and provides criteria to aid in the assessment of whether transaction should be accounted for as acquisition or disposal of assets or business. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the guidance in this update but does not expect it to have a significant impact on the financial position, result of operations.

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update provide guidance on the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the guidance in this update but does not believe it will have a material impact on its consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The amendments in this update provide guidance on eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326). The main objective of this update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the guidance in this update replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. An entity must use judgment in determining the relevant information and estimation methods that are appropriate in its circumstances. The guidance in this update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The purpose of this guidance is to simplify the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences of these transactions. Under the provisions of the update, the income tax consequences of excess tax benefits and deficiencies should be recognized in income tax expense in the reporting period in which the awards vest. Currently, excess tax benefits and deficiencies impact shareholders’ equity directly to the extent there is a cumulative excess tax benefit. In the event that a tax deficiency has occurred during the reporting period and a cumulative tax benefit does not exist, the tax deficiency is recognized in income tax expense under current GAAP. The update also provides that entities may continue to estimate forfeitures in accounting for stock based compensation or recognize them as they occur. The provision of this update becomes effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 61 

 

 

The FASB has issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities related to certain operating leases on their balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

The FASB has issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities. ASU No. 2016-01 requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, excluding equity investments that are consolidated or accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The guidance allows equity investments without readily determinable fair values to be measured at cost minus impairment, with a qualitative assessment required to identify impairment. The guidance also: requires public companies to use exit prices to measure the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and eliminates the disclosure requirements related to measurement assumptions for the fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost. In addition, the guidance requires that for liabilities measured at fair value under the fair value option, changes in fair value due to changes in instrument-specific credit risk be presented in other comprehensive income. ASU No. 2016-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in this update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. The Company is evaluating the guidance in this update but does not believe it will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 2: Business Combinations

 

Patapsco Acquisition

 

On August 28, 2015, Bancorp completed its acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp through the merger of Patapsco Bancorp, the parent company of The Patapsco Bank, with and into Bancorp pursuant to the Merger Agreement. As a result of the merger, each share of common stock of Patapsco Bancorp was converted into the right to receive, at the holder’s election, $5.09 in cash or 0.3547 shares of Bancorp common stock, provided that (i) cash was paid in lieu of any fractional shares of Bancorp common stock and (ii) 20% of the shares of common stock of Patapsco Bancorp outstanding at the time of the merger were exchanged for cash in the merger, with the remaining shares of Patapsco Bancorp common stock exchanged for 560,891 shares of Bancorp common stock. The aggregate merger consideration was $10.064 million. In connection with the merger, immediately thereafter The Patapsco Bank was merged with and into the Bank, with the Bank the surviving bank.

 

The Company has accounted for the merger under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations,” whereby the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded by Bancorp at their estimated fair values as of their acquisition date. Fair value estimates for loans and deposits were based on management’s acceptance of a fair market valuation analysis performed by an independent third party firm.

 

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of Patapsco Bancorp were measured at estimated fair value. Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in accounting for the acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp. Management judgmentally assigned risk ratings to loans based on appraisals and estimated collateral values, expected cash flows, prepayment speeds and estimated loss factors to measure fair values for loans. Deposits and borrowings were valued based upon interest rates, original and remaining terms and maturities, as well as current rates for similar funds in the same markets. Premises and equipment was valued based on recent appraised values. Management used quoted or current market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities.

 

 62 

 

 

The following table provides the purchase price as of the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values, and the resulting goodwill of $603 thousand recorded from the acquisition:

 

(in thousands)

 

Purchase Price Consideration     
Cash consideration  $2,015 
Purchase price assigned to shares exchanged for stock   8,049 
Total purchase price for Patapsco acquisition  $10,064 

 

Assets acquired at fair value:          
           
Cash and cash equivalents  $19,047      
Investment securities available for sale   26,255      
Loans   156,907      
Accrued interest receivable   602      
Other assets   9,090      
Core deposit intangible   1,974      
Total fair value of assets acquired  $213,875      
           
Liabilities assumed at fair value:          
Deposits   175,083      
Borrowings   17,737      
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   11,594      
Total fair value of liabilities assumed  $204,414      
           
Net assets acquired at fair value:       $9,461 
           
Transaction consideration paid to Patapsco Bancorp        10,064 
           
Amount of goodwill recorded from Patapsco acquisition       $603 

 

Acquired loans

 

The following table outlines the contractually required payments receivable, cash flows we expect to receive, non-accretable credit adjustments and the accretable yield for all Patapsco Bancorp loans as of the acquisition date.

 

   Contractually                 
   Required   Non-Accretable   Cash Flows       Carrying Value 
   Payments   Credit   Expected To Be   Accretable FMV   of Loans 
   Receivable   Adjustments   Collected   Adjustments   Receivable 
                     
Performing Loans Acquired  $156,393   $-   $156,393   $866   $155,527 
Impaired Loans Acquired   3,465    1,713    1,752    372    1,380 
Total  $159,858   $1,713   $158,145   $1,238   $156,907 

 

Upon the acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp, the Company recorded all loans acquired at the estimated fair value on the purchase date with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. On the acquisition date, the Company segregated the loan portfolio into two loan pools, performing and non-performing loans to be retained in the Bank’s portfolio.

 

The Company had an independent third party determine the net discounted value of cash flows on approximately 1,000 performing loans totaling $156.4 million. The valuation took into consideration the loans’ underlying characteristics, including account types, remaining terms, annual interest rates, interest types, past delinquencies, timing of principal and interest payments, current market rates, loan-to-value ratios, loss exposures, and remaining balances. These performing loans were segregated into pools based on loan and payment type and in some cases, risk grade. The effect of this fair valuation process was a net accretable discount adjustment of $866 thousand at acquisition.

 

 63 

 

 

The Company also individually evaluated 13 impaired loans totaling $3.5 million to determine the fair value as of the August 28, 2015 measurement date. In determining the fair value for each individually evaluated impaired loan, a number of factors including the remaining life of the acquired loan, estimated prepayments, estimated loss ratios, estimated value of the underlying collateral and net present value of cash flows expected to be recorded were considered, among others.

 

The Company established a credit risk related non-accretable difference of $1.7 million relating to these acquired, credit impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value. The Company further estimated the timing and amount of expected cash flows in excess of the estimated fair value and established an accretable discount adjustment of $372 thousand at acquisition relating to these impaired loans.

  

NBRS Acquisition

 

On October 17, 2014, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed substantially all deposits and certain other liabilities of NBRS Financial Bank (“NBRS”), which was closed on October 17, 2014 by the Maryland Office of the Commissioner of Financial Regulation. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of NBRS were measured at estimated fair value, and the Bank received cash consideration from the FDIC of $24.5 million which resulted in a pre-tax bargain purchase gain of $16.1 million recognized on the transaction during 2014.

 

Note 3: Cash and Due from Banks

 

Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based principally on the type and amount of their deposits. During 2016 and 2015, the Company maintained balances at the Federal Reserve (in addition to vault cash) to meet the reserve requirements as well as balances to partially compensate for services. Additionally, the Company maintained balances with the Federal Home Loan Bank and other domestic correspondent financial institutions as partial compensation for services they provided to the Company.

 

Note 4: Investments Securities

 

The Bank holds securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
       Gross   Gross           Gross   Gross     
   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Estimated   Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized   Estimated 
   Cost   Gains   Losses   Fair Value   Cost   Gains   Losses   Fair Value 
Available for sale                                        
U.S. Government                                        
Agencies  $34,584   $5   $126   $34,463   $48,467   $-   $45   $48,422 
Treasuries   1,512    -    8    1,504    -    -    -    - 
Mortgage-backed   1,366    1    69    1,298    54    3    -    57 
Other investments   1,500    -    37    1,463    1,100    -    6    1,094 
   $38,962   $6   $240   $38,728   $49,621   $3   $51   $49,573 
Held to maturity                                        
Corporate debentures  $6,250   $334   $-   $6,584   $3,000   $328   $-   $3,328 

 

There have not been any individual securities with an unrealized loss position for a period greater than one year as of either December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

 

 64 

 

 

Gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

December 31, 2016                        
(in thousands)  Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross 
   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized 
   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses 
Available for sale                              
U.S. Government                              
Agencies  $17,492   $126   $-   $-   $17,492   $126 
Treasuries   1,501    8    -    -    1,501    8 
Mortgage-backed   1,273    69    -    -    1,273    69 
Other investments   1,463    37    -    -    1,463    37 
   $21,729   $240   $-   $-   $21,729   $240 

 

December 31, 2015                        
(in thousands)  Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
       Gross       Gross       Gross 
   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized 
   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses 
U.S. Government                              
Agencies  $39,431   $45   $-   $-   $39,431   $45 
Other investments   1,000    6    -    -    1,000    6 
   $40,431   $51   $-   $-   $40,431   $51 

 

The unrealized losses that existed were a result of market changes in interest rates since the original purchase. Management systematically evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary declines in fair value on a quarterly basis. This analysis requires management to consider various factors, which include (1) duration and magnitude of the decline in value, (2) the financial condition of the issuer or issuers and (3) structure of the security. The portfolio contained 12 securities with unrealized losses and 19 securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

An impairment loss is recognized in earnings if any of the following are true: (1) the Company intends to sell the debt security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. In situations where the Company intends to sell or when it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security, the entire impairment loss must be recognized in earnings. In all other situations, only the portion of the impairment loss representing the credit loss must be recognized in earnings, with the remaining portion being recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred tax.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments by contractual maturity are shown below:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
   Amortized   Estimated Fair   Amortized   Estimated Fair 
   Cost   Value   Cost   Value 
Amounts maturing:                    
One year or less  $16,988   $16,993   $43,465   $43,425 
After one through five years   19,120    18,985    5,002    4,997 
After five through ten years   6,262    6,596    3,054    3,328 
After ten years   2,842    2,738    1,100    1,094 
   $45,212   $45,312   $52,621   $52,844 

 

Because of the composition of the securities portfolios acquired in the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, management deemed it prudent for interest rate risk management purposes to liquidate both of the acquired portfolios. Thus, in the third quarter of 2015, the Bank both acquired and sold nearly $26.3 million in securities, with no gains or losses incurred upon the liquidation, as the sales were executed within days of the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition.

 

 65 

 

 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, $26.8 million and $22.8 million fair value of securities were pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements, respectively. No single issuer of securities, except for Government agency securities, had outstanding balances that exceeded ten percent of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016.

 

Note 5: Nonmarketable Equity Securities

 

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company’s investment in nonmarketable equity securities consisted of Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) stock, which is required for continued membership, of $5.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively. These investments are carried at cost.

 

Note 6: Loans and Leases

 

The Company makes loans and leases to customers primarily in the Greater Baltimore Maryland metropolitan area, and surrounding communities. A substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans to businesses secured by real estate and/or other business assets.

 

The loan portfolio segment balances at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 
(in thousands)  Legacy   Acquired   Total   Legacy   Acquired   Total 
Real estate                              
Construction and land  $67,205   $5,768   $72,973   $63,085   $6,300   $69,385 
Residential - first lien   113,284    81,748    195,032    89,649    93,339    182,988 
Residential - junior lien   24,380    10,629    35,009    15,098    12,379    27,477 
Total residential real estate   137,664    92,377    230,041    104,747    105,718    210,465 
Commercial - owner occupied   103,710    30,503    134,213    94,392    36,722    131,114 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   165,331    51,450    216,781    122,304    59,057    181,361 
Total commercial real estate   269,041    81,953    350,994    216,696    95,779    312,475 
Total real estate loans   473,910    180,098    654,008    384,528    207,797    592,325 
Commercial loans and leases   133,708    29,007    162,715    121,981    38,443    160,424 
Consumer   2,780    2,021    4,801    1,302    2,951    4,253 
Total loans  $610,398   $211,126   $821,524   $507,811   $249,191   $757,002 

 

Net loan origination fees, which are included in the amounts above, totaled $122 thousand and $281 thousand at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Portfolio Segments

 

The Company currently manages its credit products and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments (classes) which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment.  These segments are:

 

·Commercial business loans & leases – Commercial loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs.  Repayment of a loan primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business.  Commercial loans also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory. The Company’s loan portfolio also includes a small portfolio of equipment leases, which consists of leases for essential commercial equipment used by small to medium sized businesses.
·Construction and land loans – Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans are intended to finance the construction of commercial and residential properties and include loans for the acquisition and development of land.  Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price.  The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

 66 

 

 

·Commercial owner occupied real estate loans – Commercial owned-occupied real estate loans consist of commercial mortgage loans secured by owner occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves a variety of property types to conduct the borrower’s operations.  The primary source of repayment for this type of loan is the cash flow from the business and is based upon the borrower’s financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay.
·Commercial non-owner occupied real estate loans – Commercial non-owner occupied loans consist of properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow.  This commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to the developers and owners of commercial real estate where the borrower intends to operate or sell the property at a profit and use the income stream or proceeds from the sale(s) to repay the loan.
·Consumer loans – This category of loans includes primarily installment loans and personal lines of credit.  Consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles.
·Residential first lien mortgage loans – The residential real estate category contains permanent mortgage loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Loans may be either conforming or non-conforming.
·Residential junior lien mortgage loans – This category of loans includes primarily home equity loans and lines.  The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers which are secured by residential real estate. These loans are typically secured with second mortgages on the homes.

 

Acquired Impaired Loans

 

The following table documents changes in the accretable discount on acquired impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, along with the outstanding balances and related carrying amounts for the beginning and end of those respective periods.

 

   December 31, 2015 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
Balance at beginning of period  $335   $264 
Impaired loans acquired   -    372 
Accretion of fair value discounts   (275)   (301)
Balance at end of period  $60   $335 

 

   Contractually     
   Required     
   Payments   Carrying 
(in thousands)  Receivable   Amount 
At December 31, 2016  $1,695   $1,023 
At December 31, 2015   3,105    1,708 
At December 31, 2014   2,466    1,077 

 

Note 7: Credit Quality Assessment

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

Credit risk can vary significantly as losses, as a percentage of outstanding loans, can vary widely during economic cycles and are sensitive to changing economic conditions.  The amount of loss in any particular type of loan can vary depending on the purpose of the loan and the underlying collateral securing the loan.  Collateral securing commercial loans can range from accounts receivable to equipment to improved or unimproved real estate depending on the purpose of the loan.  Home mortgage and home equity loans and lines are typically secured by first or second liens on residential real estate.  Consumer loans may be secured by personal property, such as auto loans or they may be unsecured loan products.

 

To control and manage credit risk, management has an internal credit process in place to determine whether credit standards are maintained along with an in-house loan administration accompanied by oversight and review procedures.  The primary purpose of loan underwriting is the evaluation of specific lending risks that involves the analysis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt as well as the assessment of the value of the underlying collateral.  Oversight and review procedures include the monitoring of the portfolio credit quality, early identification of potential problem credits and the management of the problem credits.  As part of the oversight and review process, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses (the “allowance”) to absorb estimated and probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio.  The allowance is based on consistent, continuous review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio, along with ongoing assessments of the probable losses and problem credits in each portfolio. While portions of the allowance are attributed to specific portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio.

 

 67 

 

 

The following table provides information on the activity in the allowance for credit losses by the respective loan portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

   December 31, 2016 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Allowance for credit losses:                                        
Beginning balance  $265   $300   $47   $309   $728   $3,094   $126   $4,869 
Charge-offs   (216)   -    -    (191)   -    (234)   (20)   (661)
Recoveries   -    -    -    40    5    101    37    183 
Provision for credit losses   462    154    42    169    387    839    (16)   2,037 
Ending balance  $511   $454   $89   $327   $1,120   $3,800   $127   $6,428 
Allowance allocated to:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment  $-   $7   $-   $-   $-   $1,877   $-   $1,884 
collectively evaluated for impairment   466    305    66    259    912    1,520    34    3,562 
Acquired Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment   -    -    -    -    -    199    72    271 
collectively evaluated for impairment   45    142    23    68    208    204    21    711 
Loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Ending balance  $67,205   $113,284   $24,380   $103,710   $165,331   $133,708   $2,780   $610,398 
individually evaluated for impairment   -    508    -    464    2,667    3,565    -    7,204 
collectively evaluated for impairment   67,205    112,776    24,380    103,246    162,664    130,143    2,780    603,194 
Acquired Loans:                                        
Ending balance   5,768    81,748    10,629    30,503    51,450    29,007    2,021    211,126 
individually evaluated for impairment   125    277    37    45    481    1,577    167    2,709 
collectively evaluated for impairment   5,643    81,471    10,592    30,458    50,969    27,430    1,854    208,417 

 

 68 

 

 

   December 31, 2015 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Allowance for credit losses:                                        
Beginning balance  $174   $272   $55   $160   $562   $2,366   $13   $3,602 
Charge-offs   -    (23)   (12)   -    (82)   (825)   (5)   (947)
Recoveries   -    3    1    -    318    52    4    378 
Provision for credit losses   91    48    3    149    (70)   1,501    114    1,836 
Ending balance  $265   $300   $47   $309   $728   $3,094   $126   $4,869 
Allowance for credit losses:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment  $-   $-   $-   $-   $-   $1,160   $-   $1,160 
collectively evaluated for impairment   257    289    40    262    621    1,799    30    3,298 
Acquired Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment   -    -    -    -    -    48    75    123 
collectively evaluated for impairment   8    11    7    47    107    87    21    288 
Loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Ending balance  $63,085   $89,649   $15,098   $94,393   $122,304   $121,981   $1,302   $507,811 
individually evaluated for impairment   -    631    63    -    2,838    5,086    -    8,618 
collectively evaluated for impairment   63,085    89,018    15,035    94,393    119,466    116,895    1,302    499,193 
Acquired Loans:                                        
Ending balance   6,300    93,339    12,379    36,722    59,057    38,443    2,951    249,191 
individually evaluated for impairment   -    363    -    232    151    1,728    150    2,624 
collectively evaluated for impairment   6,300    92,976    12,379    36,490    58,906    36,715    2,801    246,567 

 

   December 31, 2014 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Allowance for credit losses:                                        
Beginning balance  $122   $200   $34   $131   $541   $1,464   $14   $2,506 
Charge-offs   -    -    -    -    (160)   (2,054)   (5)   (2,219)
Recoveries   -    1    -    -    4    55    -    60 
Provision for credit losses   52    71    21    29    177    2,901    4    3,255 
Ending balance  $174   $272   $55   $160   $562   $2,366   $13   $3,602 
Allowance allocated to:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment  $60   $-   $-   $-   $-   $483   $-   $543 
collectively evaluated for impairment   108    271    25    142    502    1,745    13    2,806 
Acquired Loans:                                        
individually evaluated for impairment   -    -    30    -    -    55    -    85 
collectively evaluated for impairment   6    1    -    18    60    83    -    168 
Loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Ending balance  $56,490   $58,904   $11,006   $85,824   $100,589   $113,176   $1,485   $427,474 
individually evaluated for impairment   1,144    308    -    -    2,700    2,073    -    6,225 
collectively evaluated for impairment   55,346    58,596    11,006    85,824    97,889    111,103    1,485    421,249 
Acquired Loans:                                        
Ending balance   6,260    19,525    7,539    37,519    33,021    18,745    2,834    125,443 
individually evaluated for impairment   -    411    57    -    -    405    92    965 
collectively evaluated for impairment   6,260    19,114    7,482    37,519    33,021    18,340    2,742    124,478 

 

 69 

 

 

Integral to the assessment of the allowance process is an evaluation that is performed to determine whether a specific reserve on an impaired credit is warranted.  At such time an action plan is agreed upon for the particular loan, an appraisal will be ordered (for real estate based collateral) depending on the time elapsed since the prior appraisal, the loan balance and/or the result of the internal evaluation.  The Company’s policy is to strictly adhere to regulatory appraisal standards.  If an appraisal is ordered, no more than a 45 day turnaround is requested from the appraiser, who is selected from an approved appraiser list. After receipt of the updated appraisal, the Company’s Watch Committee will determine whether a specific reserve or a charge-off should be taken based upon an impairment analysis. When potential losses are identified, a specific provision and/or charge-off may be taken, based on the then current likelihood of repayment, that is at least in the amount of the collateral deficiency, and any potential collection costs, as determined by the independent third party appraisal.  Any further collateral deterioration may result in either further specific reserves being established or additional charge-offs.  The President and the Chief Lending Officer have the authority to approve a specific reserve or charge-off between Watch Committee meetings to ensure that there are no significant time lapses during this process.

 

The Company’s systematic methodology for evaluating whether a loan is impaired begins with risk-rating credits on an individual basis and includes consideration of the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, the sufficiency of collateral and, in a select few cases, support from financial guarantors.  In measuring impairment, the Company looks to the discounted cash flows of the project itself or the value of the collateral as the primary sources of repayment of the loan. The Company will consider the existence of guarantees and the financial strength and wherewithal of the guarantors involved in any loan relationship as both a secondary source of repayment and for the potential as the primary repayment of the loan.

 

The Company typically relies on recent third party appraisals of the collateral to assist in measuring impairment.

 

Management has established a credit process that dictates that structured procedures be performed to monitor these loans between the receipt of an original appraisal and the updated appraisal.  These procedures include the following:

 

·An internal evaluation is updated quarterly to include borrower financial statements and/or cash flow projections.
·The borrower may be contacted for a meeting to discuss an update or revised action plan which may include a request for additional collateral.
·Re-verification of the documentation supporting the Company’s position with respect to the collateral securing the loan.
·At the Watch Committee meeting the loan may be downgraded and a specific reserve may be decided upon in advance of the receipt of the appraisal if it is determined that the likelihood of repayment is in doubt.

 

The Company generally follows a policy of not extending maturities on non-performing loans under existing terms. The Company may extend the maturity of a performing or current loan that may have some inherent weakness associated with the loan. Maturity date extensions only occur under terms that clearly place the Company in a position to assure full collection of the loan under the contractual terms and /or terms at the time of the extension that may eliminate or mitigate the inherent weakness in the loan.  These terms may incorporate, but are not limited to additional assignment of collateral, significant balance curtailments/liquidations and assignments of additional project cash flows.  Guarantees may be a consideration in the extension of loan maturities, but the Company does not extend loans based solely on guarantees.  As a general matter, the Company does not view extension of a loan to be a satisfactory approach to resolving non-performing credits.  On an exception basis, certain performing loans that have displayed some inherent weakness in the underlying collateral values, an inability to comply with certain loan covenants which are not affecting the performance of the credit or other identified weakness may be extended.

 

Collateral values or estimates of discounted cash flows (inclusive of any potential cash flow from guarantees) are evaluated to estimate the probability and severity of potential losses.  A specific amount of impairment is established based on the Company’s calculation of the probable loss inherent in the individual loan. The actual occurrence and severity of losses involving impaired credits can differ substantially from estimates.

 

 70 

 

 

Credit risk profile by portfolio segment based upon internally assigned risk assignments are presented below:

 

   December 31, 2016 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Credit quality indicators:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Not classified  $67,205   $113,070   $24,380   $103,246   $162,336   $130,137   $2,780   $603,154 
Special mention   -    -    -    -    -    524    -    524 
Substandard   -    -    -    -    2,401    -    -    2,401 
Doubtful   -    214    -    464    594    3,047    -    4,319 
Total  $67,205   $113,284   $24,380   $103,710   $165,331   $133,708   $2,780   $610,398 
                                         
Acquired Loans:                                        
Not classified  $5,768   $80,678   $10,592   $30,458   $50,429   $27,430   $1,854   $207,209 
Special mention   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard   -    793    -    -    540    -    -    1,333 
Doubtful   -    277    37    45    481    1,577    167    2,584 
Total  $5,768   $81,748   $10,629   $30,503   $51,450   $29,007   $2,021   $211,126 

 

   December 31, 2015 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Credit quality indicators:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Not classified  $63,085   $89,081   $15,035   $94,392   $119,637   $118,288   $1,302   $500,819 
Special mention   -    -    -    -    -    614    -    614 
Substandard   -    410    -    -    2,073    7    -    2,490 
Doubtful   -    158    63    -    594    3,072    -    3,887 
Total  $63,085   $89,649   $15,098   $94,392   $122,304   $121,981   $1,302   $507,810 
                                         
Acquired Loans:                                        
Not classified  $6,300   $92,975   $12,379   $36,484   $58,393   $36,731   $2,801   $246,063 
Special mention   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Substandard   -    -    -    -    519    -    -    519 
Doubtful   -    364    -    238    145    1,712    150    2,609 
Total  $6,300   $93,339   $12,379   $36,722   $59,057   $38,443   $2,951   $249,191 

 

·Special Mention - A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
·Substandard - Substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
·Doubtful - Loans classified Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans classified Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are reviewed at least quarterly to determine their appropriate classification. All commercial loan relationships are reviewed annually. Non-classified residential mortgage loans and consumer loans are not evaluated unless a specific event occurs to raise the awareness of a possible credit deterioration.

 

 71 

 

 

An aged analysis of past due loans is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Analysis of past due loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Accruing loans current  $67,007   $112,562   $24,090   $103,246   $162,034   $130,621   $2,780   $602,340 
Accruing loans past due:                                        
31-59 days past due   -    394    290    -    -    6    -    690 
60-89 days past due   197    -    -    -    -    34    -    231 
Greater than 90 days past due   1    114    -    -    2,703    -    -    2,818 
Total past due   198    508    290    -    2,703    40    -    3,739 
                                         
Non-accrual loans   -    214    -    464    594    3,047    -    4,319 
                                         
Total loans  $67,205   $113,284   $24,380   $103,710   $165,331   $133,708   $2,780   $610,398 
                                         
Acquired Loans:                                        
Accruing loans current  $5,768   $78,654   $10,544   $30,392   $50,503   $26,843   $1,851   $204,555 
Accruing loans past due:                                        
31-59 days past due   -    2,259    44    66    466    587    1    3,423 
60-89 days past due   -    374    4    -    -    -    1    379 
Greater than 90 days past due   -    184    -    -    -    -    1    185 
Total past due   -    2,817    48    66    466    587    3    3,987 
Non-accrual loans   -    277    37    45    481    1,577    167    2,584 
Total loans  $5,768   $81,748   $10,629   $30,503   $51,450   $29,007   $2,021   $211,126 

 

   December 31, 2015 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Analysis of past due loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Accruing loans current  $63,070   $89,319   $15,034   $94,141   $121,094   $117,025   $1,301   $500,983 
Accruing loans past due:                                        
31-59 days past due   -    -    1    252    -    24    1    278 
60-89 days past due   -    -    -    -    -    725    -    725 
Greater than 90 days past due   15    -    -    -    445    -    -    460 
Total past due   15    -    1    252    445    749    1    1,463 
                                         
Non-accrual loans   -    330    63    -    765    4,207    -    5,365 
                                         
Total loans  $63,085   $89,649   $15,098   $94,393   $122,304   $121,981   $1,302   $507,811 
                                         
Acquired Loans:                                        
Accruing loans current  $5,924   $91,936   $12,290   $35,574   $58,369   $36,568   $2,765   $243,426 
Accruing loans past due:                                        
31-59 days past due   67    89    59    73    337    -    11    636 
60-89 days past due   309    10    -    607    200    -    23    1,149 
Greater than 90 days past due   -    941    30    236    -    147    2    1,356 
Total past due   376    1,040    89    916    537    147    36    3,141 
Non-accrual loans   -    363    -    232    151    1,728    150    2,624 
Total loans  $6,300   $93,339   $12,379   $36,722   $59,057   $38,443   $2,951   $249,191 

 

 72 

 

 

Total loans either in non-accrual status or in excess of 90 days delinquent totaled $9.9 million or 1.2% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2016, an increase from the total of $9.8 million or 1.3% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2015.

 

The impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  & land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Impaired loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Recorded investment  $-   $508   $-   $464   $2,667   $3,565   $-   $7,204 
With an allowance recorded   -    214    -    -    -    2,627    -    2,841 
With no related allowance recorded   -    294    -    464    2,667    938    -    4,363 
Related allowance   -    7    -    -    -    1,877    -    1,884 
Unpaid principal   -    508    -    464    2,667    3,565    -    7,204 
Average balance of impaired loans   -    541    -    491    2,667    4,127    -    7,826 
Interest income recognized   -    25    -    24    30    131    -    210 
Acquired Loans:                                        
Recorded investment  $125   $277   $37   $45   $481   $1,577   $167   $2,709 
With an allowance recorded   -    -    -    -    -    850    140    990 
With no related allowance recorded   125    277    37    45    481    727    27    1,719 
Related allowance   -    -    -    -    -    199    72    271 
Unpaid principal   125    815    38    45    619    2,129    174    3,945 
Average balance of impaired loans   378    294    38    45    785    2,328    176    4,044 
Interest income recognized   4    4    -    -    17    103    1    129 

 

   December 31, 2015 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  & land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Impaired loans:                                        
Legacy Loans:                                        
Recorded investment  $-   $631   $63   $-   $2,838   $5,086   $-   $8,618 
With an allowance recorded   -    -    -    -    -    1,160    -    1,160 
With no related allowance recorded   -    631    63    -    2,838    3,926    -    7,458 
Related allowance   -    -    -    -    -    1,160    -    1,160 
Unpaid principal   -    631    63    -    2,838    5,086    -    8,618 
Average balance of impaired loans   -    622    74    -    3,417    7,198    -    11,311 
Interest income recognized   -    29    -    -    119    284    -    432 
Acquired Loans:                                        
Recorded investment  $-   $363   $-   $232   $151   $1,728   $150   $2,624 
With an allowance recorded   -    -    -    -    -    48    75    123 
With no related allowance recorded   -    363    -    232    151    1,680    75    2,501 
Related allowance   -    -    -    -    -    48    75    123 
Unpaid principal   -    426    -    402    302    2,742    150    4,022 
Average balance of impaired loans   -    444    -    197    63    901    106    1,711 
Interest income recognized   -    8    -    8    -    3    6    25 

 

Included in the total impaired loans above were non-accrual loans of $6.9 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Interest income that would have been recorded if non-accrual loans had been current and in accordance with their original terms, was $673 thousand, $345 thousand and $187 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 73 

 

 

The following table outlines the acquired impaired loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

   December 31, 2016 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Acquired Impaired Loans:                                        
Substandard                                        
Contractual payment receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $466   $-   $-   $466 
Non-Accretable adjustment   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Cash flow expected   -    -    -    -    466    -    -    466 
Accretable yield   -    -    -    -    18    -    -    18 
Loan receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $448   $-   $-   $448 
                                         
Doubtful                                        
Contractual payment receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $619   $1,777   $-   $2,396 
Non-Accretable adjustment   -    -    -    -    125    486    -    611 
Cash flow expected   -    -    -    -    494    1,291    -    1,785 
Accretable yield   -    -    -    -    13    65    -    78 
Loan receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $481   $1,226   $-   $1,707 

 

   December 31, 2015 
               Commercial   Commercial   Commercial         
   Construction   Residential   Residential   owner   non-owner   loans   Consumer     
(in thousands)  and land   first lien   junior lien   occupied   occupied   and leases   loans   Total 
Acquired Impaired Loans:                                        
Substandard                                        
Contractual payment receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $539   $-   $-   $539 
Non-Accretable adjustment   -    -    -    -    -    -    -    - 
Cash flow expected   -    -    -    -    539    -    -    539 
Accretable yield   -    -    -    -    20    -    -    20 
Loan receivable  $-   $-   $-   $-   $519   $-   $-   $519 
                                         
Doubtful                                        
Contractual payment receivable  $-   $426   $-   $403   $302   $2,742   $-   $3,873 
Non-Accretable adjustment   -    18    -    125    125    793    -    1,061 
Cash flow expected   -    408    -    278    177    1,949    -    2,812 
Accretable yield   -    44    -    40    32    237    -    353 
Loan receivable  $-   $364   $-   $238   $145   $1,712   $-   $2,459 

 

Loans may have their terms restructured (e.g., interest rates, loan maturity date, payment and amortization period, etc.) in circumstances that provide payment relief to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Such restructured loans are considered impaired loans that may either be in accruing status or non-accruing status.  Non-accruing restructured loans may return to accruing status provided there is a sufficient period of payment performance in accordance with the restructure terms.  Loans may be removed from the restructured category in the year subsequent to the restructuring if they have performed based on all of the restructured loan terms.  

 

 74 

 

 

The troubled debt restructured loans (“TDRs”) at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016 
   Number   Non-Accrual   Number   Accrual   Total 
(dollars in thousands)  of Loans   Status   of Loans   Status   TDRs 
Construction and land   -   $-    1   $125   $125 
Residential real estate - first lien   1    214    1    294    508 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   1    594    1    2,073    2,667 
Commercial loans and leases   1    913    1    183    1,096 
Consumer   1    140    -    -    140 
    4   $1,861    4   $2,675   $4,536 

 

   December 31, 2015 
   Number   Non-Accrual   Number   Accrual   Total 
(dollars in thousands)  of Loans   Status   of Loans   Status   TDRs 
Residential real estate - first lien   -   $-    1   $301   $301 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   1    594    1    2,073    2,667 
Commercial loans and leases   -    -    1    7    7 
Consumer   1    150    -    -    150 
    2   $744    3   $2,381   $3,125 

 

A summary of TDR modifications outstanding and performance under modified terms is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016 
       Not Performing   Performing     
   Related   to Modified   to Modified   Total 
(in thousands)  Allowance   Terms   Terms   TDRs 
Construction and land                    
Extension or other modification  $-   $-   $125   $125 
Residential real estate - first lien                    
Extension or other modification   7    214    294    508 
Commercial RE - non-owner occupied                    
Rate modification   -    594    2,073    2,667 
Commercial loans                    
Forbearance   913    913    183    1,096 
Consumer                    
Extension or other modification   72    140    -    140 
Total troubled debt restructure loans  $992   $1,861   $2,675   $4,536 

 

 75 

 

 

   December 31, 2015 
       Not Performing   Performing     
   Related   to Modified   to Modified   Total 
(in thousands)  Allowance   Terms   Terms   TDRs 
Residential real estate - first lien                    
Forbearance  $-   $-   $301   $301 
Commercial RE - non-owner occupied                    
Rate modification   -    594    2,073    2,667 
Commercial loans                    
Extension or other modification   -    -    7    7 
Consumer                    
Extension or other modification   75    150    -    150 
Total troubled debt restructure loans  $75   $744   $2,381   $3,125 

 

There were four loans totaling $1.4 million restructured in 2016 consisting of the following: 

·One commercial loan in the amount of $183 thousand for which the Bank extended the maturity and allowed for a principal and interest payment over time.
·One land development loan in the amount of $125 thousand that included a paydown from the guarantor, partial debt forgiveness by the Bank and a reduction of the interest rate on the remaining balance of the loan, which the Bank anticipates will be fully repaid.
·One residential first lien mortgage in the amount of $214 thousand that was restructured with an extension of the original term. 
·The restructuring of a $913 thousand loan through a forbearance agreement that deferred payments.

 

There were three loans totaling $2.8 million restructured in 2015 consisting of the following: 

·Two commercial real estate loans totaling $2.7 million
·One consumer loan in the amount of $150 thousand.

 

As a part of the modification of the land development loan restructured during 2016, the Bank agreed to forgive $215 thousand in debt, and recorded this amount as a loss. The pre-modification principal amount on this loan was $340 thousand, while the post -modification principal amount was reduced to $125 thousand. The other modifications have been only interest rate concessions and payment term extensions, not principal reductions that resulted in the recordation of a loss. Thus, the pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment amounts are the same.

 

Performing TDRs were in compliance with their modified terms and there are no further commitments associated with these loans. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, there were no TDRs that subsequently defaulted within twelve months of their modification dates.

 

In 2016 the Company transferred one loan in the amount of $256 thousand net of reserves to other real estate owned (“OREO”) while for 2015 one loan totaling $625 thousand was transferred to OREO. Management routinely evaluates OREO based upon periodic appraisals. The Company recorded an expense related to a valuation allowance of $83 thousand in 2016 and $736 thousand in 2015 for properties whose current appraised value was less than the carrying amount. The Company did not record any such valuation allowance in 2014. There were no residential real estate properties held in OREO at December 31, 2016 or 2015. Additionally there were no residential properties in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2016 or 2015.

 

Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In 2015 the Company recorded $603 thousand in goodwill relating to the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition. Since goodwill has an indefinite useful life it is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value.

 

The Bank has one unit, which is the core banking operation. The table below shows goodwill balances at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

 76 

 

 

(in thousands)    
Goodwill     
Banking  $603 

 

Core deposit intangible is premiums paid for the acquisitions of core deposits, and are amortized based upon the estimated economic benefits received. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2016   Weighted 
   Gross       Net   Average 
   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Remaining Life 
(in thousands)  Amount   Amortization   Amount   (Years) 
Amortizing intangible assets:                    
Core deposit intangible  $3,540   $1,292   $2,248    6.61 

 

                 
   December 31, 2015   Weighted 
   Gross       Net   Average 
   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Remaining Life 
(in thousands)  Amount   Amortization   Amount   (Years) 
Amortizing intangible assets:                    
Core deposit intangible  $3,540   $637   $2,903    7.61 

 

In 2015 the Bank recorded an additional $2.0 million in additional core deposit intangible associated with the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition. There were no intangible assets added in 2016.

 

Estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangibles within the years ending December 31, are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    
2017  $506 
2018   396 
2019   314 
2020   269 
2021   258 
Thereafter   505 
Total amortizing intangible assets  $2,248 

 

Based upon an annual impairment analysis performed in 2016, it was determined that there was not an impairment of the carrying value of either the goodwill or core deposit intangible.

 

Note 9: Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment include the following at:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
Land  $4,524   $4,516 
Building and leasehold improvements   16,361    15,664 
Furniture and equipment   4,721    5,065 
Software   307    227 
    25,913    25,472 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization   5,833    4,707 
Net premises and equipment  $20,080   $20,765 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment were $1.2 million, $814 thousand and $734 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively

 

 77 

 

 

The Company occupies banking and office space in 18 locations, 13 of which are under noncancellable lease arrangements accounted for as operating leases. The initial lease periods range from 5 to 20 years and provide for one or more renewal options. Rent expense applicable to operating leases amounted to $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Rental income from owned properties and subleases totaled $290 thousand, $309 thousand and $307 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases within the years ending December 31, having an initial term in excess of one year are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    
2017  $1,873 
2018   1,922 
2019   1,681 
2020   1,264 
2021   968 
Thereafter   3,350 
Total minimum lease payments  $11,058 

 

Note 10: Deposits

 

The following table details the composition of deposits and the related percentage mix of total deposits, respectively:

 

   December 31, 
(dollars in thousands)  2016   2015 
       % of       % of 
   Amount   Total   Amount   Total 
Noninterest-bearing demand  $182,880    23%  $173,689    23%
Interest-bearing checking   62,538    8    54,014    7 
Money market accounts   247,858    31    230,661    31 
Savings   50,495    6    51,989    7 
Certificates of deposit $250,000 and over   12,495    1    15,749    2 
Certificates of deposit under $250,000   252,468    31    221,306    30 
Total deposits  $808,734    100%  $747,408    100%

 

The following table presents the maturity schedule for time deposits maturing within years ending December 31:

 

(in thousands)    
2017  $178,255 
2018   45,111 
2019   16,309 
2020   14,573 
2021   10,715 
Total time deposits  $264,963 

 

Interest expense on deposits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was as follows

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
Interest-bearing checking  $132   $101   $83 
Savings and money market   1,220    880    581 
Certificates of deposit   2,118    1,630    1,415 
Total  $3,470   $2,611   $2,079 

 

 78 

 

 

Note 11: Short-Term Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings consist of overnight unsecured master notes, overnight securities sold under agreement to repurchase and fixed term borrowings with a final remaining maturity of less than one year. Information relating to short-term borrowings at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented below:

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate 
                 
At period end  $107,056    1.14%  $69,121    0.44%
Average for the year   63,457    0.94    46,893    0.33 
Maximum month-end balance   107,056         69,121      

 

The Company pledges U.S. Government Agency securities, based upon their fair value, as collateral for 100% of the principal and accrued interest of its repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 there were $26.8 million and $15.8 million, respectively, in investment securities pledged under these agreements.

 

If the Company should need to supplement its liquidity, it could borrow, subject to collateral requirements, up to approximately $232.4 million on a line of credit arrangement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 there were $100.0 million and $78.5 million, respectively, in advances outstanding under this arrangement. Total loans pledged as collateral towards short and long term borrowing was $288.9 million and $248.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Note 12: Long-Term Borrowings

 

Long-term borrowings for the periods consisted of the following:

 

         December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances          
 1.46%   Due 2017 1  $-   $2,500 
 1.12%   Due 2017 1   -    2,500 
 0.87%   Due 2017 1   -    3,000 
 0.84%   Due 2017 1   -    4,000 
 3.25%   Due 2017 2   -    6,236 
 1.88%   Due 2018 1   2,500    2,500 
 1.62%   Due 2018 1   2,500    2,500 
 2.59%   Due 2018 3   3,064    3,100 
 0.85%   Due 2018 1   5,000    - 
 0.91%   Due 2018 1   4,000    - 
Junior subordinated debentures          
 2.48%   Due 2035 4   3,453    3,371 
     Total long-term borrowings  $20,517   $29,707 

 

(1)Fixed rate advances
(2)Fixed rate hybrid advances
(3)Convertible to three-month LIBOR at the option of the FHLB. It is convertible on a quarterly basis upon written notice from the FHLB.
(4)Junior subordinated debt. Interest adjusts quarterly at the rate of three month LIBOR plus 1.48%

 

As a part of the Patapsco Bancorp acquisition, Howard Bancorp assumed debt originally issued by Patapsco Bancorp. In 2005 Patapsco Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory business trust and an unconsolidated wholly-owned subsidiary of Patapsco Bancorp and now of the Company, issued $5 million of capital trust pass-through securities to investors. The interest rate currently adjusts on a quarterly basis at the rate of the three month LIBOR plus 1.48%. Patapsco Statutory Trust I purchased $5,155,000 of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures from Patapsco Bancorp. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. Patapsco Bancorp also fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Trust under the capital securities, which guarantee became an obligation of the Company upon our acquisition of Patapsco Bancorp. The capital securities are redeemable by the Company at par. The capital securities must be redeemed upon final maturity of the subordinated debentures on December 31, 2035.

 

 79 

 

 

Note 13: Income Taxes

 

Federal and state income tax expense consists of the following for the years ended:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
             
Current federal income tax  $4,171   $3,998   $1,001 
Current state income tax   (6)   (15)   27 
Deferred federal income tax   (1,153)   (2,832)   5,513 
Deferred state income tax   (76)   (178)   312 
Total income tax expense  $2,936   $973   $6,853 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended follows:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
Statutory federal income tax rate   34.0%   34.0%   34.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax expense   6.2    5.9    5.3 
Bank owned life insurance   (2.6)   (6.5)   (0.7)
Acquisition related costs   -    10.7    - 
Other, net   (2.0)   1.9    1.1 
Effective tax rate   35.6%   46.0%   39.7%

 

The following table is a summary of the tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

   December, 31 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
Deferred tax assets:          
Net operating loss  $1,115   $1,227 
Allowance for credit losses   2,180    1,298 
Valuation on foreclosed real estate   1,053    1,126 
Supplemental executive benefit plans   519    547 
Stock-based compensation   32    34 
Deferred loan fees and costs, net   48    111 
Unrealized loss on securities   84    19 
Other assets   467    282 
Total deferred tax assets   5,498    4,644 
Deferred tax liabilities:          
Acquisition activity   4,327    5,344 
Fair value   1,264    741 
Depreciation and amortization   267    226 
Total deferred tax liabilities   5,858    6,311 
Net deferred tax liabilities  $(360)  $(1,667)

 

Based on management’s belief that it is more likely than not that all net deferred tax asset benefits will be realized, there was no valuation allowance at either December 31, 2016 or 2015. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had Federal tax net operating loss carryforwards, related to acquisitions, of approximately $2.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The loss carryforwards can be deducted annually from future taxable income through 2030, subject to an annual limitation of approximately $284 thousand. Currently, tax years from 2013 to present are considered as open for examination by Federal taxing authorities.

 

 80 

 

 

Note 14: Related Party Loans and Deposits

 

In the normal course of business, loans are made to officers and directors of the Company, as well as to their related interests. In the opinion of management, these loans are consistent with sound banking practices, are within regulatory lending limitations and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

 

Total outstanding balances to the Company’s executive officers, directors and their related interests are presented below.

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
Balance January 1  $14,329   $13,873 
Additions   15,378    6,034 
Change in director status   168    (3,035)
Repayments   (9,615)   (2,543)
Balance December 31  $20,260   $14,329 

 

In addition to the outstanding balances above, total unfunded commitments to these parties at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $7.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Bank also routinely enters into deposit relationships with its officers and directors in the normal course of business. These deposit accounts bear the same terms and conditions for comparable deposit accounts of unrelated parties and totaled $15.9 million at December 31, 2016.  

 

Note 15: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business. These financial instruments may include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and purchase commitments. The Company uses these financial instruments to meet the financing needs of its customers. Financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. These do not represent unusual risks, and management does not anticipate any losses which would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

 

Outstanding loan commitments and lines and letters of credit are as follows:

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
         
Unfunded loan commitments  $46,194   $95,009 
Unused lines of credit   80,876    72,664 
Letters of credit   9,660    7,848 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. The Company generally requires collateral to support financial instruments with credit risk on the same basis as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The collateral is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer’s credit-worthiness is evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.

 

Note 16: Stock Options and Other Equity Awards

 

The Company’s equity incentive plan provide for awards of nonqualified and incentive stock options as well as vested and non-vested common stock awards. As of December 31, 2016, 603,507 shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock incentive plan. Employee stock options can be granted with exercise prices at the fair market value (as defined within the plan) of the stock at the date of grant and with terms of up to ten years and typically vest over a three year period. Except as otherwise permitted in the plan, upon termination of employment for reasons other than retirement, permanent disability or death, the option exercise period is reduced or the options are canceled.

 

 81 

 

 

Stock awards may also be granted to non-employee members of the Board of Directors as compensation for attendance and participation at meetings of the Board of Directors and meetings of the various committees of the Board. In 2016 and 2015, the Company issued 7,241 and 7,163 shares of stock, respectively, to directors as compensation for their service.

 

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted as compensation is estimated on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model under which the Company estimates expected market price volatility and expected term of the options based on historical data and other factors. There were no stock options granted in 2016, 2015 or 2014. The valuation of the Company’s restricted stock and RSUs is the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended:

 

   December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014 
       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted 
       Average       Average       Average 
       Exercise       Exercise       Exercise 
   Shares   Price   Shares   Price   Shares   Price 
Balance at January 1,   137,463   $12.30    264,652   $11.75    387,101   $11.19 
Granted   -    -    -    -    -    - 
Exercised   (3,020)   11.64    (62,287)   10.48    (4,139)   8.79 
Forfeited   (10,850)   11.77    (64,902)   11.83    (118,310)   10.02 
Balance at period end   123,593   $12.36    137,463   $12.30    264,652   $11.75 
Exercisable at period end   123,593   $12.36    137,463   $12.30    264,652   $11.75 
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year       $-        $-        $- 

 

The cash received from the exercise of stock options during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $35 thousand, $653 thousand and $36 thousand, respectively. The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount that the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. Based upon a fair market value of $15.10 on December 31, 2016 the options outstanding had an aggregate intrinsic value of $338 thousand.

 

Restricted Stock

In the second quarter of 2013, 50,000 shares of restricted stock were granted, with 30,000 of the shares subject to a three year vesting schedule with one-third of the shares vesting each year on the grant date anniversary. The remaining 20,000 awarded shares also were subject to a three year vesting schedule, however, they only vested if certain annual performance measures were satisfactorily achieved.

 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s restricted stock for the period indicated is presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014 
       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted 
       Average       Average       Average 
       Grant Date       Grant Date       Grant Date 
   Shares   Fair Value   Shares   Fair Value   Shares   Fair Value 
Balance at January 1,   8,330   $6.92    33,330   $6.89    50,000   $6.89 
Granted   -    -    -    -    -    - 
Vested   (8,330)   6.92    (18,336)   6.89    (10,002)   6.91 
Forfeited   -    -    (6,664)   6.85    (6,668)   6.85 
Balance at period end   -   $-    8,330   $6.92    33,330   $6.89 

 

At December 31, 2016 there were no restricted stock awards outstanding, and all of the pre-tax compensation expense related to restricted stock awards has been recognized. 

 

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are similar to restricted stock, except the recipient does not receive the stock immediately, but instead receives it according to a vesting plan and distribution schedule after achieving required performance milestones or upon remaining with the employer for a particular length of time. Each RSU that vests entitles the recipient to receive one share of Bancorp common stock on a specified issuance date. The recipient does not have any stockholder rights, including voting, dividend or liquidation rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient becomes the record holder of those shares.

 

 82 

 

 

The Company granted 27,000 RSUs during 2016, all of which are subject to a three-year vesting schedule. During 2015, 73,500 RSUs were granted, with 43,500 of the RSUs subject to a three year vesting schedule with one-third of the RSUs vesting each year on the grant date anniversary. The remaining 30,000 RSUs awarded in 2015 also are subject to a three-year vesting schedule; they only vest, however, if certain annual performance measures are satisfactorily achieved.

 

A summary of the activity for the Company’s RSUs for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:

 

   December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014 
       Weighted       Weighted       Weighted 
       Average       Average       Average 
       Grant Date       Grant Date       Grant Date 
   Shares   Fair Value   Shares   Fair Value   Shares   Fair Value 
Balance at January 1,   74,828   $13.21    44,500   $11.21    -   $- 
Granted   27,000    12.91    73,500    14.00    44,500    11.21 
Vested   (17,838)   12.95    (19,836)   11.64    -    - 
Forfeited   (18,499)   12.96    (23,336)   12.84    -    - 
Balance at period ended   65,491   $13.23    74,828   $13.21    44,500   $11.21 

 

At December 31, 2016, based on RSU awards outstanding at that time, the total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense related to unvested RSU awards was $649 thousand. This expense is expected to be recognized through 2019. 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense:   Stock-based compensation is recognized as compensation cost in the statement of operations based on their fair values on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant. The amount that the Company recognized in stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance of restricted stock and RSUs and for director compensation paid in stock is presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 
Stock-based compensation expense               
Related to the issuance of restricted stock and RSUs  $239   $375   $226 
                
Director compensation paid in stock  $160   $95   $54 

   

Note 17: Benefit Plans

 

Profit Sharing Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan through a Section 401(k) profit sharing plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their pretax compensation. Participants are eligible for matching Company contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation dependent on the level of voluntary contributions. Company matching contributions totaled $575 thousand, $520 thousand and $301 thousand, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The Company’s matching contributions vest immediately.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP)

In 2014, the Bank created a SERP for the Chief Executive Officer. This plan was amended in 2015. Under defined benefit SERP, Ms. Scully will receive $150,000 each year for 15 years after attainment of the Normal Retirement Age (as defined in the SERP). Ms. Scully will earn vesting on a graduated schedule in which she will become fully vested on August 25, 2019, which has been established for purposes of the SERP as her retirement date. Expense related to this plan totaled $243 thousand, $90 thousand and $625 thousand for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The accrued liability recorded for this SERP was $959 thousand and $716 thousand as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

 83 

 

 

Note 18: Income per Common Share

 

The table below shows the presentation of basic and diluted income per common share for the years ended:

 

   December 31, 
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)  2016   2015   2014 
Net income  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Preferred stock dividends   (166)   (126)   (126)
Net income available to common shareholders (numerator)  $5,137   $1,016   $10,286 
BASIC               
Basic average common shares outstanding (denominator)   6,975,662    6,160,005    4,073,077 
Basic income per common share  $0.74   $0.16   $2.53 
DILUTED               
Average common shares outstanding   6,975,662    6,160,005    4,073,077 
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents   23,320    63,491    70,025 
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)   6,998,982    6,223,496    4,143,101 
Diluted income per common share  $0.73   $0.16   $2.48 
                
Common stock equivalents outstanding that are anti-dilutive and thus excluded from calculation of diluted number of shares presented above   74,051    78,001    202,884 

 

Note 19: Regulatory Matters

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's and the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

In July 2013, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule, which became effective on January 1, 2015, applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $1 billion or more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies. The final rule created a new common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increased the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets), imposed a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, and changed the risk-weight of certain assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk exposures. These include, among other things, a 150% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans and for non-residential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise in non-accrual status, and a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital unless the Company elects to opt-out from this treatment. The Company has elected to permanently opt out of this treatment in the Company’s capital calculations, as permitted by the final rule.

 

The final rule limits Bancorp’s and the Bank’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if they do not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.

 

In addition, under revised prompt corrective action requirements, in order to be considered “well-capitalized,” Bancorp and the Bank must have a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.

 

 84 

 

 

There are two main categories of capital under the regulatory capital guidelines. Tier 1 capital includes common shareholders’ equity, qualifying preferred stock and trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain other deductions (including the unrealized net gains and losses, after applicable income taxes, on securities available for sale carried at fair value). Tier 2 capital includes preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, subordinated debt, the allowance for credit losses and net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities, subject to limitations set by the guidelines. Tier 2 capital is limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital (i.e., at least half of total capital must be in the form of Tier 1 capital). Under the guidelines, capital is compared to the relative risk related to the balance sheet. To derive the risk included in the balance sheet, one of several risk weights is applied to the different balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets, primarily based on the relative credit risk of the counterparty. For example, claims guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies are risk-weighted at 0%. Off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments, are also applied a risk weight after calculating balance sheet equivalent amounts. One of four credit conversion factors (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) is assigned to loan commitments based on the likelihood of the off-balance sheet item becoming an asset. For example, certain loan commitments are converted at 50% and then risk-weighted at 100%. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, Bancorp and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

 85 

 

 

The following table reflects the Bancorp and the Bank capital as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

                   To be well 
                   capitalized under 
                   the FDICIA 
           For capital   prompt corrective 
   Actual   adequacy purposes   action provisions 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 
As of December 31, 2016:                              
Total capital                              
(to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $94,696    11.02%  $68,722    8.00%  $85,902    10.00%
Howard Bancorp  $93,278    10.83%  $68,903    8.00%   N/A      
Common equity tier 1 capital                              
(to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $88,267    10.28%  $38,656    4.50%  $55,836    6.50%
Howard Bancorp  $83,643    9.71%  $38,758    4.50%   N/A      
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $88,267    10.28%  $51,541    6.00%  $68,722    8.00%
Howard Bancorp  $83,643    9.71%  $51,677    6.00%   N/A      
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                              
(Leverage ratio)                              
Howard Bank  $88,267    8.82%  $40,022    4.00%  $50,027    5.00%
Howard Bancorp  $83,643    8.36%  $40,030    4.00%   N/A      
As of December 31, 2015:                              
Total capital                              
(to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $87,860    11.07%  $63,482    8.00%  $79,353    10.00%
Howard Bancorp  $95,737    12.09%  $63,370    8.00%   N/A      
Common equity tier 1 capital                              
(to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $82,991    10.46%  $35,709    4.50%  $51,579    6.50%
Howard Bancorp  $90,868    11.47%  $35,646    4.50%   N/A      
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                              
Howard Bank  $82,991    10.46%  $47,612    6.00%  $63,482    8.00%
Howard Bancorp  $90,868    11.47%  $47,528    6.00%   N/A      
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                              
(Leverage ratio)                              
Howard Bank  $82,991    9.04%  $36,703    4.00%  $45,879    5.00%
Howard Bancorp  $90,868    9.90%  $36,710    4.00%   N/A      

 

On February 1, 2017, Bancorp issued 2,760,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, after underwriting discounts and estimated expenses, were approximately $38.4 million. Please see note 24 for additional information relating to this offering.

 

Management believes the additional capital will enhance the capital levels and ratios that are presented in the above table.

 

 86 

 

 

Note 20: Preferred Stock

 

On September 22, 2011, Bancorp entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which Bancorp issued and sold to the Treasury 12,562 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series AA, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $12,562,000. The issuance was pursuant to the SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. The Series AA Preferred Stock holders were entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011. The dividend rate was initially set at 5% per annum and thereafter was set based upon the percentage change in qualified lending between each dividend period and the baseline “Qualified Small Business Lending” level established at the time the agreement was entered into. Such dividend rate could vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the eighteenth dividend periods and through March 22, 2016 with respect to the nineteenth dividend period. If the Series AA Preferred Stock remained outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate was fixed at 9%. As of March 22, 2016, the dividend rate was fixed at 9%. Such dividends were not cumulative, but Bancorp could only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series AA Preferred Stock) if it had declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series AA Preferred Stock, and was subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. In addition, if Bancorp had not timely declared and paid dividends on the Series AA Preferred Stock for six dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Treasury (or any successor holder of Series AA Preferred Stock) could have designated a representative to attend all meetings of Bancorp’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and Bancorp would have been required to give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that Bancorp provided to its directors in connection with such meetings.

 

On May 6, 2016, after receiving all required regulatory approvals, Bancorp redeemed the 12,562 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock for $12,562,000 in accordance with its terms. Bancorp used the proceeds of a $12,562,000 term loan with Raymond James Bank, N.A. to fund the redemption of the Series AA Preferred Stock. This debt matured one year from commencement, with interest only payments based upon 30 day LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

 

Note 21: Fair Value

 

FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements” defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

Under FASB ASC Topic 820, the Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine the fair value. These hierarchy levels are:

 

Level 1: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities which use observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in active markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

A financial instrument's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

 

All classes of investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value using an industry wide valuation service and therefore fall into a Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The service uses evaluated pricing models that vary based on asset class and include available trade, bid and other market information. Various methodologies include broker quotes, propriety models, descriptive terms and conditions databases, and quality control programs.

 

Fair value of loans held for sale is based upon outstanding investor commitments or, in the absence of such commitments, based on current investor yield requirements or third party pricing models and are considered Level 2. Gains and losses on loans sales are determined using specific identification method. Changes in fair value are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as part of realized and unrealized gain on mortgage banking activities.

 

 87 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments are recorded at fair value determined as the amount that would be required to settle each of these derivatives at the balance sheet date. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual interest rate lock commitments to extend credit to borrowers with fixed expiration dates. The commitment becomes effective when the borrowers lock in a specified interest rate within the time frames established by the mortgage division. All borrowers are evaluated for credit worthiness prior to the extension of the commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time interest rate is locked by the borrower and the sale date of the loan to an investor. To mitigate this interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock comments to borrowers, the Company enters in best effort forward sales contracts to sell loans to investors. The forward sales contracts lock in an interest rate price for the sale of loans similar to the specific rate lock commitment. Rate lock commitments to the borrowers through to the date the loan closes are undesignated derivatives and accordingly, are marked to fair value in earnings. These valuations fall into a Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. During 2016, management re-evaluated process utilized in the measurement of the fair value of rate lock commitments and felt these are better reflected as a Level 3 inputs and have reclassified the 2015 presentation of these assets from a level 2 inputs as previously reported. The rate lock commitments are deemed as Level 3 inputs because the Company applies an estimated pull-through rate, which is deemed an unobservable measure. The pull through rate utilized is based upon historic pull through rates and for 2016 the pull-through rate ranged from 70 percent to 80 percent.

 

For loans held for investment that were originally intended to be sold and previously included as loans held for sale, fair value is determined by discounting estimated cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

 

The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

December 31, 2016      Quoted Price in   Significant     
       Active Markets   Other   Significant 
   Carrying   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Value   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  (Fair Value)   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Available for sale securities:                    
U.S. Government agencies  $34,463   $-   $34,463   $- 
U.S. Government treasuries   1,504    -    1,504    - 
Mortgage-backed securities   1,298    -    1,298    - 
Other investments   1,463    -    1,463    - 
Loans held for sale   51,054    -    51,054    - 
Loans held for investment   6,580    -    6,580    - 
Rate lock commitments   528    -    -    528 

 

December 31, 2015      Quoted Price in   Significant     
       Active Markets   Other   Significant 
   Carrying   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Value   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  (Fair Value)   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Available for sale securities:                    
U.S. Government agencies  $48,422   $-   $48,422   $- 
Mortgage-backed securities   57    -    57    - 
Other investments   1,094    -    1,094    - 
Loans held for sale   49,677    -    49,677    - 
Rate lock commitments   508    -    -    508 

 

 88 

 

 

Assets under fair value option:

 

December 31, 2016  Carrying   Aggregate     
   Fair Value   Unpaid     
(in thousands)  Amount   Principal   Difference 
Loans held for sale  $51,054   $49,709   $1,345 
Loans held for investment   6,580    6,794    (214)

 

December 31, 2015  Carrying   Aggregate     
   Fair Value   Unpaid     
(in thousands)  Amount   Principal   Difference 
Loans held for sale  $49,677   $48,395   $1,282 

 

The Company elected to measure the loans held for sale and the loans held for investment that were originally intended for sale, but instead were added to the Bank’s portfolio at fair value to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the rate lock commitments which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods presented:

 

   December 31 
   2016   2015 
         
Balance, beginning of year  $508   $342 
           
Net gains included in realized and unrealized gains on mortgage banking activity in noninterest income   20    166 
           
Balance, end of year  $528   $508 

 

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

 

Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management's best estimate is used.

 

Impaired loans are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired, at the lower of cost or market value. Market value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and is classified at a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisal by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company. The value of business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable collateral is based on the net book value on the business' financial statements and, if necessary, discounted based on management's review and analysis. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management's historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management's expertise and knowledge of the client and client's business. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.

 

Other real estate owned acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less selling costs. Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the allowance for credit losses subsequent to foreclosure. Values are derived from appraisals of underlying collateral and discounted cash flow analysis. Valuation losses due to reductions in appraised values on OREO of $83 thousand, $736 thousand, and $0 were recognized for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These charges were for declines in the value of OREO subsequent to foreclosure. OREO is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

 

There was one loan for $214 thousand that was originally classified as held for sale that was downgraded to non-accrual status in 2016 and no loans held for sale or held for investment 90 days or more past due. There were no loans held for sale or held for investment that were nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2015. Net gain from the changes included in earnings in fair value of loans held for sale was $62 thousand, $69 thousand and $1.2 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively. Net loss from the changes included in earnings in fair value of loans held for investment was $214 thousand at December 31, 2016, there were no loans held for investment in 2015 or 2014.

 

 89 

 

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for or disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. OREO is carried at fair value less anticipated costs to sell. Impaired loans are measured using the fair of collateral, if applicable.

 

December 31, 2016      Quoted Price in   Significant     
       Active Markets   Other   Significant 
   Carrying   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Value   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  (Fair Value)   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Other real estate owned  $2,350   $-   $-   $2,350 
Impaired loans:                    
Construction and land   125    -    -    125 
Residential - first lien   778    -    -    778 
Residential - junior lien   37    -    -    37 
Commercial - owner occupied   509    -    -    509 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   3,148    -    -    3,148 
Commercial loans and leases   3,066    -    -    3,066 
Consumer   95    -    -    95 

 

December 31, 2015      Quoted Price in   Significant     
       Active Markets   Other   Significant 
   Carrying   for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Value   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  (Fair Value)   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Other real estate owned  $2,369   $-   $-   $2,369 
Impaired loans:                    
Construction and land   -    -    -    - 
Residential - first lien   994    -    -    994 
Residential - junior lien   63    -    -    63 
Commercial - owner occupied   232    -    -    232 
Commercial - non-owner occupied   2,989    -    -    2,989 
Commercial loans and leases   5,606    -    -    5,606 
Consumer   75    -    -    75 

 

At December 31, 2016 OREO consisted of an outstanding balance of $5.0 million, less valuation allowance of $2.7 million. At December 31, 2015 OREO consisted of an outstanding balance of $5.2 million, less valuation allowance of $2.9 million. Related allowance on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $2.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

Various techniques are used to value OREO and impaired loans.  All loans where the underlying collateral is real estate, either construction, land, commercial, or residential, an independent appraisal is used to identify the value of the collateral.  The approaches within the appraisal report include sales comparison, income, and replacement cost analysis.  The resulting value will be adjusted by a selling cost of 9.5% and the residual value will be used to determine if there is an impairment. Commercial loans and leases and consumer loans utilize a liquidation approach to the impairment analysis.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are based on quoted market prices where available or calculated using present value techniques. Since quoted market prices are not available on many of our financial instruments, estimates may be based on the present value of estimated future cash flows and estimated discount rates.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments where it is practical to estimate fair value:

 

Securities available-for-sale: Based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

Securities held-to-maturity: The fair value of debt securities is based upon quoted prices for similar assets or externally developed models that use significant observable inputs.

 

Nonmarketable equity securities: Because these securities are not marketable, the carrying amount approximates the fair value.

 

 90 

 

 

Loans held for sale: Loans held for sale are carried at fair value based on outstanding investor commitments or, in the absence of such commitments, on current investor yield requirements on third party models.

 

Loans held for investment: Determined by discounting estimated cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities

 

Rate lock commitments: Based on estimated loan closing and investor delivery rate based on historical experience.

 

Loans: For variable rate loans the carrying amount approximates the fair value. For fixed rate loans the fair value is calculated by discounting estimated cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The estimated cash flows do not anticipate prepayments.

 

Deposits: The carrying amount of non-maturity deposits such as demand deposits, money market and saving deposits approximates the fair value. The fair value of deposits with predetermined maturity dates such as certificate of deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current rates of similar deposits with similar remaining maturities.

 

Short-term borrowing: The carrying amounts approximate the fair values at the reporting date.

 

Long-term borrowing: Based on quoted market prices or, if quoted market price is not available, discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

 

Management has made estimates of fair value discount rates that it believes to be reasonable. However, because there is no market for many of these financial instruments, management has no basis to determine whether the fair value presented for loans would be indicative of the value negotiated in an actual sale.

 

The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at the dates indicated:

 

   December 31, 2016 
           Quoted Price in   Significant     
           Active Markets   Other   Significant 
           for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Carrying   Fair   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  Amount   Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Financial Assets                         
Available for sale securities  $38,728   $38,728   $-   $38,728   $- 
Held to maturity securities   6,250    6,584    -    -    6,584 
Nonmarketable equity securities   5,103    5,103    -    5,103    - 
Loans held for sale   51,054    51,054    -    51,054    - 
Loans held for investment   6,580    6,580    -    6,580    - 
Rate lock commitments   528    528    -    -    528 
Loans and leases   808,516    813,981    -    -    813,981 
Financial Liabilities                         
Deposits   808,734    809,703    -    809,703    - 
Short-term borrowings   107,056    107,056    -    107,056    - 
Long-term borrowings   20,517    20,554    -    20,554    - 

 

 91 

 

 

   December 31, 2015 
           Quoted Price in   Significant     
           Active Markets   Other   Significant 
           for Identical   Observable   Unobservable 
   Carrying   Fair   Assets   Inputs   Inputs 
(in thousands)  Amount   Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3) 
Financial Assets                         
Available for sale securities  $49,573   $49,573   $-   $49,573   $- 
Held to maturity securities   3,000    3,328    -    -    3,328 
Nonmarketable equity securities   4,163    4,163    -    4,163    - 
Loans held for sale   49,677    49,677    -    49,677    - 
Rate lock commitments   508    508    -    -    508 
Loans and leases   752,133    757,234    -    -    757,234 
Financial Liabilities                         
Deposits   747,408    747,938    -    747,938    - 
Short-term borrowings   69,121    69,121    -    69,121    - 
Long-term borrowings   29,707    29,911    -    29,911    - 

 

 92 

 

 

Note 22: Parent Company Financial Information

 

The condensed financial statement for Bancorp (Parent Only) is presented below:

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc.

 

Balance Sheets

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015 
ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents  $12,235   $12,432 
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   -    100 
Investment in subsidiaries   90,826    85,049 
Other assets   40    141 
Total assets  $103,101   $97,722 
LIABILITIES          
Short-term borrowings  $13,359   $890 
Long-term borrowings   3,453    3,371 
Other Liabilities   499    562 
Total liabilities   17,311    4,823 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY          
Preferred stock—par value $0.01 (liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) authorized 5,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 12,562 series AA at December 31, 2015   -    12,562 
Common stock - par value of $0.01 authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,991,072 shares at December 31, 2016 and 6,962,139 at December 31, 2015   70    70 
Capital surplus   71,021    70,587 
Retained earnings   14,849    9,712 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (150)   (32)
Total shareholders’ equity   85,790    92,899 
Total liabilities and shareholders’equity  $103,101   $97,722 

 

 93 

 

 

Statements of Operations

 

   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
INTEREST INCOME               
Interest on securities  $1   $-   $- 
Other interest income   -    4    - 
INTEREST EXPENSE               
Short-term borrowings   300    6    6 
Long-term borrowings   196    46    - 
NET INTEREST EXPENSE   (495)   (48)   (6)
NONINTEREST INCOME               
Gain on the sale of securities   96    -    - 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE               
Compensation and benefits   306    339    192 
Other operating expense   192    119    228 
Total noninterest expense   498    458    420 
Loss before income tax and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary   (897)   (506)   (426)
Income tax benefit   (305)   (172)   (145)
Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary   (592)   (334)   (281)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary   5,895    1,476    10,693 
Net income  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Preferred stock dividends   166    126    126 
Net income available to common shareholders  $5,137   $1,016   $10,286 

 

 94 

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:               
Net  income  $5,303   $1,142   $10,412 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:               
Deferred income taxes (benefits)   (60)   519    1 
Share-based compensation   399    436    246 
Gain on sales of securities   (96)   -    - 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary   (5,895)   (1,476)   (10,693)
Decrease (increase) in other assets   101    (86)   (3)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities   (2)   (33)   4 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   (250)   502    (33)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:               
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale   -    (100)   - 
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale   196    -    - 
Cash and cash equivalents of acquisition   -    10,064    - 
Cash paid for acquisition   -    (2,015)   - 
Investment in subsidiary   -    (24,407)   (750)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   196    (16,458)   (750)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:               
Net  increase (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings   12,468    16    (107)
Proceeds from issuance of long-tern debt   82    3,371    - 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of cost   35    23,771    507 
Redemption of preferred stock   (12,562)   -    - 
Cash dividends on preferred stock   (166)   (126)   (126)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities   (143)   27,032    274 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (197)   11,076    (509)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period   12,432    1,356    1,865 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  $12,235   $12,432   $1,356 

 

 95 

 

 

Note 23: Quarterly Financial Results (unaudited)

 

The following table provides a summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

   2016 
   Fourth   Third   Second   First 
(in thousands, except per share data.)  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter 
Interest income  $9,752   $9,824   $9,553   $9,612 
Interest expense   1,239    1,176    1,178    969 
Net interest income   8,513    8,648    8,375    8,643 
Provision for loan losses   735    402    515    385 
Noninterest income   2,976    4,384    4,570    2,852 
Noninterest expense   9,268    9,880    9,861    9,676 
Net income before income taxes   1,486    2,750    2,569    1,434 
Income tax expenses   532    1,002    928    474 
Net income   954    1,748    1,641    960 
Preferred stock dividends   -    -    109    57 
Net income available to common shareholders  $954   $1,748   $1,532   $903 
                     
Net income per common share, basic  $0.14   $0.25   $0.22   $0.13 
Net income per common share, diluted  $0.14   $0.25   $0.22   $0.13 
                     
Average common shares outstanding   6,990,390    6,985,559    6,970,876    6,955,462 
Diluted average common shares outstanding   7,020,733    7,077,420    7,061,867    7,047,987 

 

   2015 
   Fourth   Third   Second   First 
(in thousands, except per share data.)  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter 
Interest income  $9,950   $8,489   $7,484   $7,426 
Interest expense   920    808    685    659 
Net interest income   9,030    7,681    6,799    6,767 
Provision for loan losses   821    230    535    250 
Noninterest income   2,883    3,257    3,438    2,349 
Noninterest expense   10,378    11,600    8,440    7,835 
Net income (loss) before income taxes   714    (892)   1,262    1,031 
Income tax expenses   226    (106)   471    382 
Net income (loss)   488    (786)   791    649 
Preferred stock dividends   32    31    31    32 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders  $456   $(817)  $760   $617 
                     
Net income per common share, basic  $0.07   $(0.13)  $0.16   $0.15 
Net income per common share, diluted  $0.06   $(0.13)  $0.15   $0.15 
                     
Average common shares outstanding   6,935,493    6,493,987    4,841,538    4,073,077 
Diluted average common shares outstanding   7,051,660    6,648,107    4,960,457    4,154,280 

 

 96 

 

 

Note 24: Subsequent Events

 

On January 23, 2017, Bancorp filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation, Articles of Amendment ("Articles of Amendment") increasing the aggregate number of shares of common stock it is authorized to issue from 10,000,000 shares to 20,000,000 shares. The Articles of Amendment increase the total authorized capital stock of Bancorp from 15 million shares, consisting of ten million shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share, and five million shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share, to 25 million shares, consisting of 20 million shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share, and five million shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share.

 

On February 1, 2017, Bancorp issued 2,760,000 shares of our common stock in a fully underwritten offering pursuant to an underwriting agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as representative of the underwriters named therein. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The net proceeds of the offering, after underwriting discounts of $0.90 per share and estimated expenses, were approximately $38.4 million. Bancorp used $12.6 million of the proceeds of the offering to repay the loan to Raymond James Bank, N.A. Bancorp intends to use the balance of the proceeds for general corporate purposes, including contributing to the capital of Howard Bank to support its lending and investing activities and to support or fund acquisitions of other institutions or branches as and if opportunities for such transactions become available.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

None

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

As required by SEC rules, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2016. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2016. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of 2016, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Company management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. The internal control over financial reporting has been designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, utilizing the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, is effective.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None

 

 97 

 

 

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics (conduct) that applies to all of its employees and a separate code of ethics (conduct) that applies to its non-employee directors. These codes of conduct are available on the Company’s Internet Web site at www.howardbank.com. There have been no material changes in the procedures previously disclosed by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Company's Board of Directors.

 

The remainder of the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information included under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Committees and Meetings of the Board of Directors; Corporate Governance,” “Executive Officers who are not Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 24, 2017 (the “Proxy Statement”).

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information included under the captions “Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information included under the captions “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” and “Security Ownership of Directors, Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information included under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information included under the captions “Fees to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

The following financial statements are included in this report

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information is either inapplicable or included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

 98 

 

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Incorporated by Reference to:
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 2, 2015, by and between Howard Bancorp, Inc. and Patapsco Bancorp, Inc. (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.  Howard Bancorp undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules or exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.)   Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2015
3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Howard Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
3.2   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Howard Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 3.2 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
3.3   Amended and Restated Articles Supplementary of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series AA   Exhibit 3.3 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
3.4   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Howard Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 3.3 of the Company's Form 8-K filed January 24, 2017
3.5   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Howard Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed March 4, 2015
4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Howard Bancorp, Inc.   Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
4.2   Form of Certificate for the Series AA Preferred Stock   Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.1*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and Mary Ann Scully dated December 18, 2008   Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.3*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and George C. Coffman dated December 18, 2008   Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.4*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and Charles E. Schwabe dated December 18, 2008   Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.5*   Howard Bancorp 2004 Stock Incentive Plan   Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed April 4, 2013
10.6*   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Certificate and Grant Agreement under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan   Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.7*   Howard Bancorp 2004 Incentive Stock Option Plan   Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed April 4, 2013
10.8*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Certificate and Grant Agreement under the 2004 Incentive Stock Option Plan   Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.9   Securities Purchase Agreement dated September 22, 2011 between the Secretary of the Treasury and Howard Bancorp, Inc. pursuant to Howard Bancorp’s participation in SBLF   Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.10   Letter Purchase Agreement dated September 22, 2011 between the Secretary of the Treasury and Howard Bancorp, Inc. with respect to Howard Bancorp’s repurchase of outstanding Series A and Series B Stock issued pursuant to TARP   Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Form S-1 filed November 28, 2011
10.11*   Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and Dennis E. Finnegan Dated December 16, 2014   Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 27, 2015
10.12   Form of Investment Agreement, dated March 2, 2015, between Howard Bancorp, Inc. and certain investors   Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2015
10.20*   Howard Bancorp, Inc.  2013 Equity Incentive Plan   Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 27, 2014
10.21*   Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and Robert A. Altieri dated April 30, 2013   Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2013
10.22*   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under Howard Bancorp, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan   Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed October 28, 2013
10.23*   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Grant Agreement under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan   Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed October 28, 2013
10.24*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan   Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed October 28, 2013
10.25*   Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan   Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Form S-8 filed April 4, 2013
10.26   Branch Purchase and Assumption Agreement between NBRS Financial Bank and Howard Bank dated April 24, 2014   Exhibit 10.26 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2014
10.27*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Howard Bank, effective December 1, 2014   Exhibit 10.27 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 6, 2015
10.28*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Howard Bank, effective December 1, 2014 amended January 19, 2016   Exhibit 10.28 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 30, 2016
10.29*   Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and Robert A. Altieri dated September 30, 2014   Exhibit 10.29 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 30, 2016

 

 99 

 

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Filed herewith:
         
10.30*   Employment Agreement between Howard Bank and James D. Witty dated April 29, 2016    
21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant    
23.1   Consent of Stegman & Company  
23.2   Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP  
31(a)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
31(b)   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
32   Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    
101   Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”)    
    101.INS     XBRL Instance File    
    101.SCH     XBRL Schema File    
    101.CAL     XBRL Calculation File    
    101.DEF     XBRL Definition File    
    101.LAB     XBRL Label File    
    101.PRE     XBRL Presentation File    

 

* Management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

None.

 

 100 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Howard Bancorp, Inc.      
Date: March 16, 2017   By: /s/ Mary Ann Scully
      Mary Ann Scully
    President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and dates indicated.

 

Name   Capacities   Date
         
/s/ Mary Ann Scully   President, Chief Executive   March 16, 2017
Mary Ann Scully   Officer, Chairman    
    (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ George C. Coffman   Chief Financial Officer   March 16, 2017
George C. Coffman   (Principal Accounting and    
    Financial Officer)    
         
/s/ Richard G. Arnold   Director   March 16, 2017
Richard G. Arnold        
         
/s/ Nasser Basir   Director   March 16, 2017
Nasser Basir        
         
/s/ Gary R. Bozel   Director   March 16, 2017
Gary R. Bozel        
         
/s/ Andrew E. Clark   Director   March 16, 2017
Andrew E. Clark        
         
/s/ Robert J. Hartson   Director   March 16, 2017
Robert J. Hartson        
         
/s/ John J. Keenan   Director   March 16, 2017
John J. Keenan        
         
/s/ Paul I. Latta, Jr.   Director   March 16, 2017
Paul I. Latta, Jr.        
         
/s/ Kenneth C. Lundeen   Director   March 16, 2017
Kenneth C. Lundeen        
         
/s/ Karen D. McGraw   Director   March 16, 2017
Karen D. McGraw        
         
/s/ Richard J. Morgan   Director   March 16, 2017
Richard J. Morgan        
         
/s/ Thomas P. O’Neill   Director   March 16, 2017
Thomas P. O’Neill        
         
/s/ Robert W. Smith, Jr.   Director   March 16, 2017
Robert W. Smith, Jr.        
         
/s/ Donna Hill Staton   Director   March 16, 2017
Donna Hill Staton        

 

 101